Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Business Services / ZCL Composites Inc.

ZCL Composites Inc.

zcl · TSX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker zcl
Exchange TSX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Business Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2011 Annual Report · ZCL Composites Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Message	
  to	
  Shareholders	
  

I	
  am	
  pleased	
  to	
  write	
  this	
  year’s	
  Message	
  to	
  Shareholders.	
  	
  We	
  made	
  tremendous	
  progress	
  in	
  2011.	
  	
  Early	
  in	
  
the	
  year,	
  the	
  ZCL	
  management	
  team	
  established,	
  and	
  the	
  Board	
  supported,	
  our	
  “simplify	
  to	
  grow”	
  strategy.	
  	
  
This	
  mission	
  has	
  rooted	
  itself	
  with	
  our	
  people,	
  our	
  customers	
  and	
  the	
  investment	
  community	
  and	
  it	
  has	
  made	
  
a	
  difference	
  in	
  the	
  tone	
  and	
  direction	
  of	
  our	
  Company.	
  	
  Changes	
  have	
  been	
  made	
  within	
  the	
  management	
  
team	
  and	
  the	
  asset	
  profile	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  provide	
  a	
  "turn	
  of	
  the	
  page."	
  	
  Our	
  balance	
  sheet	
  is	
  in	
  excellent	
  fiscal	
  
condition,	
  our	
  profitability	
  is	
  improving	
  and	
  our	
  people	
  are	
  re-­‐focused	
  on	
  activities	
  that	
  create	
  shareholder	
  
value.	
  	
  	
  

Our	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  2011	
  earnings	
  per	
  share	
  (EPS)	
  of	
  $0.06	
  per	
  share	
  represents	
  our	
  third	
  profitable	
  quarter	
  in	
  
a	
  row.	
  	
  Our	
  2011	
  earning	
  marks	
  our	
  strongest	
  annual	
  profitability	
  since	
  2008.	
  	
  If	
  we	
  had	
  not	
  been	
  impacted	
  by	
  
a	
   series	
   of	
   one-­‐time	
   events-­‐-­‐cash	
   outlays	
   for	
   litigation,	
   severance,	
   external	
   legal	
   fees-­‐-­‐our	
   profitability	
  
improvements	
  in	
  2011	
  would	
  have	
  been	
  much	
  more	
  visible.	
  

A	
  major	
  component	
  of	
  our	
  “simplify	
  to	
  grow”	
  strategy	
  was	
  the	
  departure	
  from	
  our	
  past	
  stated	
  objective	
  of	
  
delivering	
   strong	
   annual	
   revenue	
   growth	
   and	
   an	
   emphasis	
   on	
   the	
   imperative	
   for	
   delivering	
   “profitable”	
  
growth.	
  	
  To	
  this	
  end,	
  we	
  overhauled	
  our	
  cash	
  compensation	
  plan	
  to	
  incent	
  our	
  people	
  solely	
  on	
  the	
  metric	
  of	
  
profitability.	
   	
   To	
   expedite	
   the	
   return	
   to	
   profitability,	
   we	
   high-­‐graded	
   our	
   customer	
   mix,	
   we	
   changed	
   our	
  
procurement	
   strategy	
   for	
   key	
   raw	
   materials,	
   we	
   level-­‐loaded	
   our	
   plants	
   to	
   optimize	
   labour	
   hours,	
   we	
  
engaged	
  lean	
  consultants	
  to	
  improve	
  our	
  plant	
  efficiencies,	
  we	
  tightened	
  all	
  discretionary	
  spending	
  and	
  we	
  
re-­‐evaluated	
  our	
  financing	
  and	
  tax	
  strategies.	
  	
  	
  

As	
  we	
  have	
  discussed	
  before,	
  we	
  have	
  restructured	
  our	
  business	
  into	
  the	
  three	
  business	
  unit	
  areas	
  where	
  we	
  
demonstrate	
   strong	
   product	
   competency-­‐-­‐Petroleum,	
   Water,	
   and	
   Industrial	
   Corrosion.	
   	
   While	
   we	
   operate	
  
under	
  one	
  corporate	
  umbrella	
  entity—ZCL	
  Composites—we	
  continue	
  to	
  market	
  ourselves	
  by	
  leveraging	
  off	
  
the	
   strong	
   brand	
   identities	
   of	
   ZCL,	
   Xerxes,	
   Parabeam,	
   Dualam	
   and	
   Troy.	
   	
   To	
   better	
   support	
   our	
   sales	
   and	
  
marketing	
  effort,	
  we	
  introduced	
  a	
  more	
  commercially	
  appealing	
  website	
  www.zcl.com.	
  	
  We	
  believe	
  it	
  clearly	
  
defines	
  the	
  present	
  and	
  the	
  future	
  for	
  ZCL	
  Composites	
  and	
  we	
  would	
  encourage	
  you	
  to	
  visit	
  the	
  site.	
  

You	
  have	
  been	
  patient	
  as	
  we	
  have	
  worked	
  through	
  our	
  Strategic	
  Plan.	
  	
  I	
  am	
  very	
  pleased	
  to	
  write	
  that	
  the	
  
momentum	
  we	
  gained	
  in	
  the	
  latter	
  part	
  of	
  2011	
  has	
  continued	
  into	
  the	
  first	
  quarter	
  of	
  2012	
  with	
  all	
  of	
  our	
  
plants	
  operating	
  at	
  high	
  levels	
  of	
  activity	
  in	
  our	
  traditionally	
  slow	
  period.	
  	
  	
  

An	
   important	
   objective	
   in	
   the	
   “simplify	
   to	
   grow”	
   strategy	
   was	
   the	
   return	
   of	
   ZCL	
   to	
   a	
   financial	
   position	
  
whereby	
  we	
  could	
  “reward	
  you	
  to	
  wait.”	
  	
  I	
  am	
  proud	
  to	
  say	
  that	
  the	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  has	
  reinstated	
  our	
  
dividend	
  after	
  a	
  two	
  year	
  hiatus.	
  	
  	
  I	
  acknowledge	
  that	
  our	
  one	
  cent	
  per	
  quarter	
  payment	
  is	
  modest,	
  however,	
  
it	
   will	
   be	
   reviewed	
   quarterly	
   by	
   the	
   Board	
   with	
   a	
   philosophical	
   balance	
   of	
   fiscal	
   prudence	
   and	
   a	
   sharing	
   of	
  
improved	
  results.	
  

On	
  a	
  final	
  note,	
  as	
  we	
  disclosed	
  earlier	
  in	
  the	
  year,	
  for	
  family	
  reasons	
  I	
  have	
  decided	
  to	
  step	
  back	
  from	
  my	
  
role	
   as	
   President	
   and	
   CEO.	
   	
   I	
   am	
   pleased	
   that	
   after	
   an	
   extensive	
   search	
   process,	
   the	
   Board	
   has	
   announced	
  
Ron	
   Bachmeier,	
   current	
   Chief	
   Operating	
   Officer	
   of	
   ZCL,	
   will	
   be	
   assuming	
   the	
   role	
   of	
   President	
   and	
   CEO	
  
effective	
  August	
  8,	
  2012.	
  	
  I	
  have	
  had	
  the	
  pleasure	
  of	
  working	
  with	
  Ron	
  for	
  a	
  number	
  of	
  years	
  and	
  believe	
  that	
  
his	
   relationships	
   with	
   suppliers,	
   customers,	
   employees	
   and	
   the	
   financial	
   community	
   make	
   him	
   the	
   obvious	
  
choice	
  to	
  lead	
  our	
  Company	
  over	
  the	
  long	
  term.	
  	
  	
  

Rod	
  Graham	
  

1Management’s	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Management’s	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

INTRODUCTION

Inc.’s	
  

(“ZCL”	
   or	
  

ZCL	
   Composites	
  
the	
   "Company")	
  
Management's	
   Discussion	
   and	
   Analysis	
   ("MD&A")	
   of	
   the	
  
results	
  of	
  operations,	
  cash	
  flows	
  and	
  financial	
  position	
  as	
  
at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  should	
  be	
  read	
  in	
  conjunction	
  with	
  
the	
  Company’s	
  audited	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  
and	
  related	
  notes	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  
at	
  
The	
  
www.sedar.com	
  
at	
  
www.zcl.com.	
  	
  

SEDAR	
  
the	
   Company’s	
   website	
  

statements	
  

available	
  

are	
  

on	
  

or	
  

The	
   Canadian	
   Accounting	
   Standards	
   Board	
   (“AcSB”)	
  
requires	
   all	
   Canadian	
   publicly	
   accountable	
   enterprises	
   to	
  
adopt	
  International	
  Financial	
  Reporting	
  Standards	
  (“IFRS”)	
  
for	
  interim	
  and	
  annual	
  reporting	
  periods	
  beginning	
  on	
  or	
  
is	
  
after	
   January	
   1,	
   2011,	
   therefore	
   the	
   Company	
  
presenting	
  
in	
  
financial	
   statements	
  
accordance	
  with	
  IFRS.	
  These	
  are	
  the	
  Company’s	
  first	
  IFRS	
  
consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011	
   and	
   IFRS	
   1:	
   “First-­‐time	
   Adoption	
   of	
  
International	
   Financial	
   Reporting	
   Standards”	
   has	
   been	
  
in	
  
applied.	
   All	
   figures	
   presented	
  
Canadian	
  dollars	
  unless	
  otherwise	
  specified.	
  

in	
   this	
   MD&A	
   are	
  

its	
   consolidated	
  

CORPORATE	
  PROFILE	
  

ZCL	
  is	
  North	
  America’s	
  largest	
  manufacturer	
  and	
  supplier	
  
of	
   environmentally	
   friendly	
   fibreglass	
   reinforced	
   plastic	
  
(“FRP”)	
   underground	
   storage	
   tanks.	
   We	
   also	
   provide	
  
custom	
   engineered	
   aboveground	
   FRP	
   and	
   dual-­‐laminate	
  
composite	
   storage	
   tanks,	
   piping	
   and	
   lining	
   systems	
   and	
  
related	
   products	
   and	
   accessories	
   where	
   corrosion	
  
resistance	
  is	
  a	
  high	
  priority.	
  	
  ZCL	
  has	
  six	
  plants	
  in	
  Canada,	
  
six	
  in	
  the	
  US	
  and	
  one	
  in	
  The	
  Netherlands.	
  	
  	
  

The	
   Company	
   has	
   been	
   restructured	
   into	
   three	
   business	
  
units,	
  Petroleum	
  Products,	
  Water	
  Products	
  and	
  Industrial	
  
Corrosion	
   Products	
   and	
   continues	
   to	
   leverage	
   off	
   the	
  
strong	
  brand	
  identities	
  of	
  ZCL,	
  Xerxes,	
  Parabeam,	
  Dualam	
  
and	
  Troy.	
  

The	
   Petroleum	
   and	
   Water	
   Products	
   business	
   units	
   are	
  
components	
   of	
   the	
   Underground	
   Fluid	
   Containment	
  
(“Underground”)	
   operating	
   segment,	
   use	
   a	
   similar	
  
production	
   process,	
   and	
   use	
   the	
   brand	
   identities	
   of	
   ZCL,	
  
Xerxes,	
  and	
  Parabeam.	
  	
  Industrial	
  Corrosion	
  Products	
  are	
  
included	
  
the	
   Aboveground	
   Fluid	
   Containment	
  
(“Aboveground”)	
   operating	
   segment	
   and	
   use	
   the	
   brand	
  
identities	
  of	
  ZCL	
  Corrosion,	
  Dualam	
  and	
  Troy.	
  	
  	
  

in	
  

Forward-­‐Looking	
  Statements	
  

This	
   MD&A	
   contains	
   forward-­‐looking	
   information	
   based	
  
on	
   certain	
   expectations,	
   projections	
   and	
   assumptions.	
  
This	
   information	
   is	
   subject	
   to	
   a	
   number	
   of	
   risks	
   and	
  
uncertainties,	
   many	
   of	
   which	
   are	
   beyond	
   the	
   Company’s	
  
control.	
   Users	
   of	
   this	
   information	
   are	
   cautioned	
   that	
  
actual	
   results	
   may	
   differ	
   materially.	
   For	
   additional	
  
information	
   refer	
   to	
   the	
   “Advisory	
   Regarding	
   Forward-­‐
Looking	
  Statements”	
  section	
  later	
  in	
  this	
  MD&A.	
  

Non-­‐IFRS	
  Measures	
  

The	
   Company	
   uses	
   both	
   IFRS	
   and	
   non-­‐IFRS	
   measures	
   to	
  
make	
  strategic	
  decisions	
  and	
  to	
  set	
  targets.	
  	
  EBITDA,	
  gross	
  
profit,	
   net	
   debt,	
   cash	
   from	
   operations,	
   working	
   capital	
  
and	
   backlog	
   are	
   non-­‐IFRS	
   measures	
   that	
   are	
   used	
   by	
   the	
  
Company.	
   	
   They	
   do	
   not	
   have	
   a	
   standardized	
   meaning	
  
prescribed	
  by	
  IFRS	
  and	
  may	
  not	
  be	
  comparable	
  to	
  similar	
  
measures	
   used	
   by	
   other	
   companies.	
   For	
   additional	
  
information	
   refer	
   to	
   the	
   "Non-­‐IFRS	
   Measures"	
   section	
  
later	
  in	
  this	
  MD&A.	
  

This	
  MD&A	
  is	
  dated	
  as	
  of	
  March	
  7,	
  2012.	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  	
  

Petroleum	
  Products	
  

ZCL	
   is	
   the	
   leading	
   provider	
   of	
   underground	
   fuel	
   storage	
  
tanks	
  for	
  the	
  retail	
  service	
  station	
  market	
  in	
  both	
  Canada	
  
and	
   the	
   US.	
   	
   ZCL	
   manufactures	
   both	
   single	
   wall,	
   and	
   for	
  
secondary	
   containment,	
   double	
   wall	
   FRP	
   tanks.	
  
	
   In	
  
addition,	
  ZCL	
  operates	
  internationally	
  through	
  technology	
  
licensing	
  agreements.	
  

As	
   an	
   alternative	
   to	
   the	
   replacement	
   of	
   underground	
  
storage	
   tanks,	
   ZCL	
   has	
   developed	
   the	
   Phoenix	
   System™.	
  
(“UL”)	
   and	
  
This	
   unique	
   Underwriters	
   Laboratories	
  
Underwriters	
   Laboratories	
   of	
   Canada	
   (“ULC”)	
   listed	
   tank	
  
lining	
  system	
  allows	
  in-­‐situ	
  upgrades	
  of	
  a	
  single	
  wall	
  steel	
  
or	
  fibreglass	
  tank	
  to	
  a	
  secondary	
  containment	
  system.	
  It	
  is	
  
an	
  effective	
  alternative	
  to	
  tank	
  replacement.	
  

A	
  key	
  component	
  of	
  both	
  ZCL’s	
  double	
  wall	
  tank	
  and	
  the	
  
is	
   Parabeam®,	
   a	
   patented,	
   three	
  
Phoenix	
   System™	
  
is	
   manufactured	
   and	
  
dimensional	
   glass	
   fabric	
   that	
  
in	
   The	
  
from	
  
distributed	
  
Netherlands.	
  

the	
   Company’s	
  

facility	
  

2	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Water	
  Products	
  

ZCL’s	
   watertight	
   and	
   easily	
   installed	
   fibreglass	
   tanks	
   are	
  
an	
   ideal	
   alternative	
   to	
   the	
   concrete	
   products	
   that	
   have	
  
traditionally	
  dominated	
  this	
  market.	
  	
  	
  

Applications	
   for	
   ZCL’s	
   underground	
   FRP	
   storage	
   tanks	
   in	
  
the	
   Water	
   Products	
   market	
   include	
   onsite	
   wastewater	
  
treatment	
  systems,	
  fire	
  protection	
  systems,	
  potable	
  water	
  
storage,	
   rainwater	
   retention,	
   large	
   diameter	
   wet	
   wells	
  
and	
   lift	
   stations,	
   grease	
   interceptors	
   and	
   storm	
   water	
  
retention.	
  

OVERALL	
  PERFORMANCE	
  &	
  OUTLOOK	
  

During	
  2011,	
  ZCL	
  returned	
  to	
  profitability	
  and	
  significantly	
  
reduced	
  its	
  debt.	
  	
  Net	
  income	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  
improved	
   to	
   $3.5	
   million	
   in	
   2011	
   from	
   a	
   loss	
   of	
   $16.7	
  
million	
   in	
   2010,	
   which	
   included	
   an	
   impairment	
   loss	
   of	
  
$14.3	
  million.	
  	
  Revenue	
  of	
  $127.0	
  million	
  in	
  2011	
  was	
  the	
  
highest	
   revenue	
   in	
   ZCL’s	
   history	
   and	
   the	
   Company	
   has	
  
built	
   a	
   strong	
   order	
   backlog.	
  
	
   With	
   the	
   significant	
  
reduction	
   in	
   debt	
   that	
   resulted	
   from	
   improved	
   operating	
  
results	
   and	
   the	
   disposal	
   of	
   non-­‐core	
   assets,	
   the	
   balance	
  
sheet	
   has	
   strengthened	
   considerably	
   from	
   December	
   31,	
  
2010.	
  	
  

Financial	
  Results	
  

Revenue	
  

Revenue	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   was	
  
$127.0	
  million,	
  up	
  $5.4	
  million	
  or	
  5%	
  from	
  $121.6	
  million	
  
for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2010.	
   	
   Excluding	
   the	
  
negative	
   impact	
   of	
   foreign	
   exchange	
   of	
   $2.8	
   million,	
  
overall	
   revenue	
   was	
   $8.3	
   million	
   or	
   7%	
   higher	
   in	
   2011	
  
than	
  2010.	
  	
  	
  

increase	
  

The	
  
in	
   revenue	
   was	
   attributable	
   to	
   both	
  
Underground	
   and	
   Aboveground	
   operating	
   segments	
   and	
  
to	
   both	
   the	
   Canadian	
   and	
   US	
   operations.	
   Within	
  
Underground,	
  higher	
  revenue	
  for	
  Petroleum	
  Products	
  was	
  
partially	
  offset	
  by	
  reduced	
  revenue	
  for	
  Water	
  Products.	
  

Gross	
  Profit	
  

Gross	
   profit	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   was	
  
$19.5	
   million,	
   up	
   $7.8	
   million	
   or	
   67%	
   from	
   2010	
   gross	
  
profit	
  of	
  $11.7	
  million.	
  	
  Gross	
  margin	
  improved	
  to	
  15%	
  of	
  
revenue	
   in	
   2011	
   from	
   10%	
   a	
   year	
   earlier.	
   The	
   increase	
  
resulted	
   from	
   an	
   increase	
   in	
   revenues	
   as	
   well	
   as	
   an	
  
increase	
   in	
   profitability	
   on	
   those	
   revenues.	
   	
   Both	
   the	
  
Aboveground	
   and	
   Underground	
   operating	
   segments	
  
contributed	
   to	
   the	
   increase	
   in	
   gross	
   margin	
   and	
   the	
  
Aboveground	
  segment	
  was	
  the	
  largest	
  contributor	
  to	
  the	
  
increase	
  in	
  gross	
  margin	
  as	
  a	
  percentage	
  of	
  revenues.	
  

Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

Industrial	
  Corrosion	
  Products	
  

ZCL	
  manufactures	
  specialty	
  and	
  standard	
  fibreglass	
  tanks,	
  
piping	
  and	
  related	
  products	
  and	
  accessories	
  for	
  industrial	
  
projects	
  where	
  corrosion	
  and	
  abrasion	
  resistance	
  is	
  a	
  high	
  
priority.	
   	
   ZCL’s	
   capabilities	
   include	
   the	
   manufacture	
   and	
  
installation	
   of	
   custom	
   engineered	
   FRP	
   and	
   dual-­‐laminate	
  
composite	
   products	
   for	
   use	
   in	
   the	
   power	
   generation,	
  
chemical,	
  chloralkali,	
  pulp	
  and	
  paper,	
  mining	
  and	
  oil	
  sands	
  
industries.	
  	
  

in	
   the	
   North	
  
The	
   Company	
   expanded	
  
American	
   Industrial	
   Corrosion	
   Products	
   market	
   with	
   the	
  
acquisition	
  of	
  Dualam	
  Plastics	
  Inc.	
  (“ZCL	
  Dualam”)	
  in	
  2010.

its	
   presence	
  

Net	
  income	
  

The	
   Company	
   reported	
   net	
   income	
   of	
   $3.3	
   million	
   or	
  
$0.11	
  per	
  diluted	
  share	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  
2011,	
  compared	
  to	
  a	
  net	
  loss	
  of	
  $16.8	
  million	
  or	
  $0.60	
  per	
  
diluted	
  share	
  in	
  the	
  previous	
  year.	
  	
  The	
  turnaround	
  from	
  
the	
   2010	
   results	
   reflects	
   the	
   execution	
   of	
   the	
   board-­‐
endorsed	
  strategic	
  plan.	
  

Net	
  debt	
  

With	
   a	
   number	
   of	
   initiatives	
   in	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   was	
  
successful	
   in	
   reducing	
   net	
   debt	
   by	
   $13.0	
   million,	
   to	
   $4.6	
  
million	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   from	
   $17.6	
   million	
   at	
  
December	
   31,	
   2010.	
  
considers	
   this	
   a	
  
significant	
   reduction,	
   however	
   expects	
   the	
   net	
   debt	
  
balance	
   will	
   fluctuate	
   throughout	
   the	
   2012	
   year	
   due	
   to	
  
the	
  inherent	
  seasonality	
  of	
  the	
  business.	
  

	
  Management	
  

A	
   part	
   of	
   the	
   net	
   debt	
   reduction	
   is	
   due	
   to	
   the	
   successful	
  
divestiture	
  of	
  certain	
  non-­‐core	
  assets	
  during	
  2011.	
  These	
  
include	
  the	
  sale	
  of	
  assets	
  from	
  the	
  steel	
  tank	
  division	
  and	
  
the	
   2011	
   repatriation	
   of	
   the	
   note	
   and	
   debt	
   received	
   on	
  
the	
   2010	
   sale	
   of	
   the	
   Home	
   Heating	
   Oil	
   Tank	
   (“HHOT”)	
  
division.	
  In	
  2011,	
  the	
  Company	
  reduced	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  by	
  
$4.9	
   million,	
   of	
   which	
   $2.9	
   million	
   was	
   a	
   result	
   of	
  
divesting	
   of	
   non-­‐core	
   assets.	
   	
  The	
   remaining	
   $8.9	
   million	
  
of	
   net	
   debt	
   reduction	
   was	
   attributable	
   to	
   improved	
  
operations.	
  

Dividends	
  

With	
   three	
   profitable	
   quarters,	
   the	
   board	
   has	
   re-­‐
implemented	
   the	
   quarterly	
   dividend	
   payment.	
  
	
   The	
  
quarterly	
   dividend	
   declared	
   is	
   $0.01	
   per	
   share	
   for	
   the	
  
shareholders	
   of	
   record	
   as	
   of	
   March	
   7,	
   2012	
   and	
   will	
   be	
  
paid	
  on	
  April	
  2,	
  2012.	
  	
  This	
  amount	
  will	
  be	
  revisited	
  with	
  a	
  
philosophical	
   balance	
   of	
   fiscal	
   prudence	
   and	
   a	
   sharing	
   of	
  
improved	
  results.	
  

3	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Continuous	
  Improvements	
  

In	
  early	
  2011,	
  the	
  ZCL	
  management	
  team	
  established,	
  and	
  
the	
   Board	
   supported,	
   our	
   “simplify	
   to	
   grow”	
   strategy.	
   	
   A	
  
major	
   component	
   of	
   our	
   “simplify	
   to	
   grow”	
   strategy	
   was	
  
the	
  departure	
  from	
  our	
  past	
  stated	
  objective	
  of	
  delivering	
  
strong	
   annual	
   revenue	
   growth.	
   	
   Instead	
   we	
   emphasized	
  
“profitable”	
  growth.	
  	
  To	
  this	
  end,	
  we	
  overhauled	
  our	
  cash	
  
compensation	
   plan	
   to	
   incent	
   our	
   people	
   solely	
   on	
   the	
  
metric	
  of	
  EBITDA.	
  	
  To	
  expedite	
  the	
  return	
  to	
  profitability,	
  
we	
   high-­‐graded	
   our	
   customer	
   mix,	
   we	
   changed	
   our	
  
procurement	
   strategy	
   for	
   key	
   raw	
   materials,	
   we	
   level-­‐
loaded	
   our	
   plants	
   to	
   optimize	
   labour	
   hours,	
   we	
   engaged	
  
lean	
   consultants	
   to	
   improve	
   our	
   plant	
   efficiencies,	
   we	
  
tightened	
  all	
  discretionary	
  spending	
  and	
  we	
  re-­‐evaluated	
  
our	
  financing	
  and	
  tax	
  strategies.	
  

During	
   the	
   past	
   year,	
   ZCL	
   has	
   focused	
   and	
   executed	
   the	
  
key	
  tenets	
  of	
  the	
  2011	
  Strategic	
  Plan:	
  
• 
Focus	
  on	
  core	
  competencies	
  
o  Management	
   has	
   moved	
  

clearly	
  
identifiable	
   product	
   groups	
   with	
   strong	
   brand	
  
identities	
  associated	
  with	
  them	
  
o  Non-­‐core	
  assets	
  identified	
  for	
  sale	
  
Improve	
  EBITDA	
  as	
  a	
  percentage	
  of	
  revenue	
  and	
  debt	
  
o 
Significant	
  EBITDA	
  improvement	
  over	
  2010	
  
o 
Improved	
   gross	
   margins	
   and	
   reduced	
   G&A	
  
spending	
  

towards	
  

Improve	
  balance	
  sheet	
  returns	
  
o 

Significant	
   debt	
   reduction	
   through	
   the	
   sale	
   of	
  
non-­‐core	
  assets	
  and	
  cash	
  flow	
  from	
  operations	
  
Reinstitute	
   a	
   dividend	
   payment	
   as	
   our	
   performance	
  
continues	
  to	
  improve	
  
o  A	
   quarterly	
   dividend	
   has	
   been	
   declared	
   for	
  
payment	
  due	
  to	
  our	
  improved	
  performance	
  and	
  
anticipation	
  for	
  continued	
  improvement	
  in	
  2012	
  	
  
Improve	
   internal	
   operating	
   and	
   financial	
   reporting	
  
with	
   a	
   suite	
   of	
   key	
   performance	
   indicators	
   (“KPIs”)	
  
with	
   the	
   implementation	
   of	
   the	
   Enterprise	
   Resource	
  
Planning	
  (“ERP”)	
  system	
  that	
  occurred	
  in	
  2010	
  
o 

Standardized	
   plant	
   metrics	
  
developed	
  and	
  used	
  to	
  measure	
  profitability	
  
Reinforce	
   a	
   program	
   of	
   operational	
   excellence	
   and	
  
continuous	
   improvement	
   with	
   a	
   particular	
   focus	
   on	
  
cost	
  controls	
  
o 

Progress	
   made	
   and	
   ongoing	
   efforts	
   to	
   improve	
  
including	
   RFQ	
   processes	
   with	
   major	
  
results	
  
initiatives	
  
suppliers,	
  
undertaken,	
  
training	
  
programs	
  

lean	
   manufacturing	
  
standardization	
  

reports	
  

and	
  

of	
  

•  Maintain	
  a	
  strong	
  safety	
  culture	
  

o 

o 

Standardization	
   of	
   safety	
   metrics	
   and	
   safety	
  
reporting	
  
Focus	
   and	
   attention	
   at	
   a	
   senior	
   management	
  
level	
  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Backlog	
  

($millions)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  
%	
  change	
  

December	
  31	
  
42.2	
  
24.9	
  
70%	
  

The	
   $17.3	
   million	
   or	
   70%	
   increase	
   in	
   backlog	
   over	
   the	
  
prior	
  year	
  included	
  growth	
  across	
  all	
  product	
  groups	
  and	
  
in	
   both	
   the	
   Canadian	
   and	
   US	
   markets.	
   	
   The	
   growth	
   was	
  
led	
   by	
   the	
   Aboveground	
   segment	
   (Industrial	
   Corrosion)	
  
with	
  an	
  increase	
  in	
  backlog	
  of	
  $12.0	
  million	
  or	
  136%	
  over	
  
the	
  prior	
  year.	
  

Backlog	
   for	
   the	
   Underground	
   segment	
   (Petroleum	
   and	
  
Water	
   Products),	
   increased	
   by	
   $6.2	
   million	
   or	
   41%	
   over	
  
December	
   31,	
   2010	
   and	
   is	
   generally	
   realized	
   within	
   the	
  
following	
   quarter.	
   	
   For	
   the	
   Industrial	
   Corrosion	
   projects,	
  
the	
   conversion	
   of	
   backlog	
   to	
   revenue	
   is	
   less	
   predictable	
  
because	
  of	
  variable	
  timelines	
  for	
  design,	
  engineering	
  and	
  
production.	
  

On	
   a	
   sequential	
   basis,	
   the	
   total	
   backlog	
   declined	
   from	
  
$49.6	
  million	
  at	
  September	
  30,	
  2011	
  due	
  to	
  the	
  traditional	
  
seasonal	
  factors	
  affecting	
  ZCL’s	
  business.	
  

CEO	
  Succession	
  

After	
  
the	
  
fifteen	
   months	
   of	
   successfully	
   directing	
  
Company,	
   Mr.	
   Rod	
   Graham,	
   President	
   and	
   CEO	
   has	
  
decided	
   to	
   step	
   down	
   from	
   this	
   position	
   for	
   family	
  
considerations.	
   	
   Mr.	
   Graham	
   accomplished	
   many	
   of	
   the	
  
goals	
  he	
  set	
  out	
  to	
  achieve	
  including	
  a	
  focus	
  on	
  improved	
  
earnings.	
   	
   As	
   part	
   of	
   that	
   strategy,	
   non-­‐core	
   businesses	
  
were	
   exited	
   and	
   non-­‐core	
   assets	
   were	
   disposed	
   of	
   or	
  
monetized.	
  	
  In	
  2011,	
  ZCL	
  returned	
  to	
  profitability,	
  and	
  has	
  
established	
   a	
   strong	
   order	
   backlog.	
   	
   In	
   addition,	
   the	
  
Company’s	
   net	
   debt	
   has	
   been	
   reduced	
   from	
   a	
   high	
   of	
  
$20.6	
   million	
   in	
   the	
   third	
   quarter	
   of	
   2010	
   to	
   $4.6	
   million	
  
as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  

The	
   Board	
   undertook	
   a	
   search	
   process	
   to	
   replace	
   Mr.	
  
Graham	
  and	
  has	
  announced	
  that	
  Mr.	
  Ron	
  Bachmeier,	
  the	
  
current	
   Chief	
   Operating	
   Officer	
   of	
   ZCL,	
   will	
   assume	
   the	
  
role	
  of	
  President	
  and	
  CEO	
  effective	
  August	
  8,	
  2012.	
  

Outlook	
  

The	
   plan	
   for	
   2012	
   will	
   continue	
   the	
   quest	
   for	
   profitable	
  
growth:	
  
• 

The	
   Company	
   has	
   taken	
   steps	
   to	
   ensure	
   a	
   strong	
  
group	
   of	
   companies	
   within	
   the	
   ZCL	
   family	
   with	
   a	
  
single	
  culture	
  and	
  mandate;	
  
• 
Cost	
  control	
  and	
  a	
  continued	
  focus	
  on	
  core	
  assets;	
  
•  With	
   the	
   focus	
   on	
   marketing	
   groups,	
   as	
   opposed	
   to	
  
operating	
  groups,	
  management	
  has	
  been	
  directed	
  to	
  
put	
   forth	
   a	
   concerted	
   effort	
   to	
   create	
   a	
   stronger	
  
customer	
  value	
  proposition;	
  and	
  
Continued	
  attention	
  to	
  safety.	
  

• 

4	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

SELECTED	
  ANNUAL	
  FINANCIAL	
  INFORMATION	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars,	
  
except	
  per	
  share	
  amounts)	
  
Operating	
  Results	
  
Revenue	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  
Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

Total	
  revenue	
  
Gross	
  profit	
  (note	
  1)	
  
%	
  of	
  revenue	
  

General	
  and	
  administration	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  (gain)	
  loss	
  
Depreciation	
  and	
  finance	
  expense	
  
(Gain)	
  loss	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
Impairment	
  of	
  assets	
  
Income	
  tax	
  provision	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  
Net	
  loss	
  from	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  

Overall	
  earnings	
  (loss)	
  per	
  share	
  from	
  continuing	
  	
  
operations	
  
Basic	
  
Diluted	
  

EBITDA	
  (note	
  1)	
  
%	
  of	
  revenue	
  

Cash	
  Flows	
  
Cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  (note	
  1	
  &	
  4)	
  
Changes	
  in	
  non-­‐cash	
  working	
  capital	
  
Net	
  advance	
  (repayment)	
  of:	
  

Bank	
  indebtedness	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  

Purchase	
  of	
  capital	
  and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  
Disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  	
  
Business	
  acquisition,	
  net	
  of	
  disposals	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
Financial	
  Position	
  

Working	
  capital	
  (note	
  1)	
  
Total	
  assets	
  
Net	
  debt	
  (note	
  1)	
  
Total	
  non-­‐current	
  liabilities	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

101,590	
  
25,456	
  
127,046	
  
19,454	
  
15%	
  
9,986	
  
(373)	
  
5,589	
  
(356)	
  
-­‐	
  
1,154	
  
3,454	
  
(164)	
  
3,290	
  

0.12	
  
0.12	
  
10,349	
  
8%	
  

8,417	
  
4,782	
  

(8,565)	
  
(4,824)	
  
(1,778)	
  
633	
  
1,336	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

23,387	
  
113,899	
  
4,567	
  
15,229	
  

Year	
  Ended	
  December	
  31	
  
20102	
  
$	
  

97,618	
  
23,956	
  
121,574	
  
11,658	
  
10%	
  
11,394	
  
496	
  
6,155	
  
10	
  
14,293	
  
(3,990)	
  
(16,700)	
  
(149)	
  
(16,849)	
  

(0.59)	
  
(0.59)	
  
2,539	
  
2%	
  

891	
  
(374)	
  

6,092	
  
828	
  
(2,063)	
  
1,940	
  
(7,868)	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

17,816	
  
117,629	
  
17,591	
  
18,025	
  

20093	
  
$	
  

98,300	
  
4,853	
  
103,153	
  
17,085	
  
17%	
  
7,381	
  
782	
  
4,137	
  
38	
  
-­‐	
  
1,112	
  
3,635	
  
(1,463)	
  
2,172	
  

0.14	
  
0.14	
  
9,816	
  
10%	
  

7,833	
  
286	
  

894	
  
(1,786)	
  
(3,978)	
  
-­‐	
  
-­‐	
  

2009	
  
$	
  

23,320	
  
102,895	
  
3,955	
  
7,578	
  

Note	
  1:	
  Gross	
  profit,	
  EBITDA,	
  cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations,	
  working	
  capital	
  and	
  net	
  debt	
  are	
  non-­‐IFRS	
  measures	
  and	
  are	
  defined	
  later	
  in	
  the	
  "Non-­‐
IFRS	
  Measures".	
  
	
  	
  Note	
  2:	
  The	
  comparative	
  information	
  has	
  been	
  adjusted	
  to	
  IFRS	
  requirements	
  from	
  the	
  amounts	
  reported	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP.	
  
Note	
  3:	
  For	
  comparative	
  periods	
  prior	
  to	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  (IFRS	
  transition	
  date),	
  the	
  financial	
  information	
  presented	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  restated	
  to	
  reflect	
  
the	
  Company’s	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  
Note	
  4:	
  Cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  excludes	
  changes	
  in	
  non-­‐cash	
  working	
  capital.	
  

5	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

RESULTS	
  OF	
  OPERATIONS

Revenue	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

%	
  	
  
change	
  

Twelve	
  Months	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  	
  
	
  	
  Containment:	
  
Petroleum	
  Products	
  
Water	
  Products	
  

Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  	
  
	
  	
  Containment:	
  
Industrial	
  
	
  	
  Corrosion	
  Products	
  

86,468	
  
15,122	
  
101,590	
  

79,764	
  
17,852	
  
97,616	
  

8%	
  
(15%)	
  
4%	
  

25,456	
  

23,958	
  

6%	
  

5%	
  
Note:	
   	
  With	
   the	
   revisions	
   to	
   reportable	
   segments,	
   certain	
   revenue	
  
allocations	
   have	
   changed	
   from	
   what	
   was	
   reported	
   in	
   previous	
  
MD&As	
  of	
  the	
  Company.	
  	
  	
  

127,046	
  

121,574	
  

in	
  the	
  US	
  economy,	
  particularly	
  in	
  construction	
  activities.	
  	
  
In	
   2010,	
   Water	
   Products	
   revenue	
   benefited	
   from	
   US	
  
government	
   supported	
   economic	
   stimulus	
   infrastructure	
  
spending	
  that	
  did	
  not	
  recur	
  in	
  2011.	
  	
  In	
  addition,	
  foreign	
  
exchange	
   had	
   a	
   negative	
   impact	
   on	
   US	
   Water	
   Products	
  
revenue	
  due	
  to	
  a	
  weaker	
  US	
  dollar	
  compared	
   with	
  2010.	
  	
  
Prior	
   to	
   a	
   negative	
   impact	
   of	
   foreign	
   exchange,	
   Water	
  
Products	
  revenue	
  was	
  down	
  12%	
  in	
  2011.	
  	
  	
  

Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

Aboveground	
   (Industrial	
   Corrosion)	
   revenue	
   of	
   $25.5	
  
million	
  was	
  $1.5	
  million	
  or	
  6%	
  higher	
  than	
  2010,	
  with	
  the	
  
increase	
   coming	
   from	
   the	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   division.	
   	
  T he	
  
activity	
   level	
   for	
   this	
   division	
   was	
   much	
   stronger	
   at	
   the	
  
end	
   of	
   2011	
   generating	
   a	
   backlog	
   of	
   $20.8	
   million	
   which	
  
was	
   136%	
   higher	
   than	
   the	
   $8.8	
   million	
   of	
   backlog	
   at	
   the	
  
end	
  of	
  2010.	
  	
  

Revenue	
  was	
  up	
  $5.4	
  million	
  or	
  5%	
  for	
  the	
  twelve	
  months	
  
of	
  2011	
  as	
  compared	
  to	
  the	
  twelve	
  months	
  of	
  2010.	
  	
  Prior	
  
to	
   the	
   negative	
   impact	
   of	
   foreign	
   exchange,	
   revenue	
   in	
  
2011	
   was	
   $8.3	
   million	
   or	
   7%	
   higher	
   than	
   the	
   prior	
   year.	
  	
  
The	
  changes	
  from	
  2010	
  reflect	
  the	
  factors	
  noted	
  below:	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

Underground	
   revenue	
   was	
   $4.0	
   million	
   or	
   4%	
   higher	
   for	
  
the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   compared	
   with	
   the	
  
year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010.	
  	
  	
  

Gross	
  Profit	
  

($000’s)	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  
	
  	
  Containment	
  
Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  
	
  	
  Containment	
  

Twelve	
  Months	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

%	
  
change	
  

%	
  of	
  rev	
  
2011	
  	
  

17,356	
  

13,200	
  

31%	
  

17%	
  

2,098	
  

(1,542)	
  

n/a	
  

19,454	
  

11,658	
  

67%	
  

8%	
  

15%	
  

The	
   increase	
   was	
   attributable	
   to	
   gains	
   in	
   the	
   Petroleum	
  
Product	
   lines	
   in	
   Canada	
   and	
   the	
   US.	
   	
  Even	
   with	
   a 	
   lower	
  
foreign	
   exchange	
   rate,	
   US	
   Petroleum	
   Products	
   revenue	
  
increased	
  by	
  $5.7	
  million	
  or	
  12%	
  year	
  over	
  year.	
  	
  Sales	
  to	
  
both	
  
station	
   customers	
   and	
  
distributors	
  were	
  up	
  significantly	
  over	
  2010	
  on	
  both	
  sides	
  
of	
   the	
   border	
   due	
   to	
   increased	
   demand	
   for	
   FRP	
   tanks	
   as	
  
well	
  as	
  our	
  Diesel	
  Exhaust	
  Fluid	
  (DEF)	
  tank	
  product.	
  	
  	
  

independent	
  

service	
  

Canadian	
   Petroleum	
   Products	
   revenue	
   in	
   2011	
   increased	
  
by	
  $4.1	
  million	
  or	
  16%	
  over	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  
2010.	
  Petroleum	
  revenue	
  also	
  includes	
  revenue	
  from	
  our	
  
international	
  operations	
  which	
  was	
  down	
  year	
  over	
  year.	
  	
  
The	
  reduction	
  from	
  2010	
  was	
  due	
  in	
  part	
  to	
  lower	
  license	
  
fee	
  revenue	
  in	
  2011	
  as	
  compared	
  to	
  2010.	
  	
  As	
  well,	
  third	
  
party	
   sales	
   of	
   Parabeam	
   products	
   were	
   lower	
   due	
   to	
  
higher	
  internal	
  demands	
  and	
  production	
  issues	
  during	
  the	
  
first	
  half	
  of	
  2011	
  that	
  have	
  been	
  resolved.	
  	
  	
  

Overall,	
  Water	
  Products	
  revenue	
  was	
  $2.8	
  million	
  or	
  15%	
  
lower	
  in	
  2011	
  compared	
  with	
  2010.	
  	
  An	
  increase	
  of	
  11%	
  in	
  
Canadian	
   Water	
   Products	
   revenue	
   was	
   more	
   than	
   offset	
  
by	
   a	
   significant	
   decrease	
   in	
   US	
   Water	
   Products	
   revenue.	
  
The	
  reduction	
  in	
  the	
  US	
  reflected	
  the	
  continued	
  weakness	
  

For	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   an	
   increase	
   in	
  
revenue	
  combined	
  with	
  improved	
  gross	
  margins	
  resulted	
  
in	
   a	
   $7.8	
   million	
   or	
   67%	
   improvement	
   in	
   gross	
   profit	
  
compared	
   to	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2010.	
   	
   Gross	
  
margin	
  improved	
  to	
  15%	
  from	
  10%	
  in	
  2010.	
  	
  The	
  increase	
  
reflected	
  the	
  factors	
  discussed	
  below:	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

Underground	
  gross	
  profit	
  increased	
  $4.2	
  million	
  or	
  31%	
  in	
  
2011	
   over	
   the	
   2010	
   gross	
   profit.	
   	
   Both	
   US	
   and	
   Canadian	
  
operations	
  were	
  responsible	
  for	
  the	
  gross	
  profit	
  increases	
  
as	
   the	
   US	
   operations	
   had	
   a	
   very	
   strong	
   fourth	
   quarter.	
  	
  
Overall,	
   US	
   Underground	
   gross	
   profit	
   increased	
   by	
   $2.6	
  
million.	
  

in	
   sales	
   mix	
   and	
  

increased	
   production	
  
A	
   change	
  
efficiencies	
   during	
   2011	
   had	
   a	
   positive	
   impact	
   on	
   gross	
  
profit.	
   	
   However,	
   competitive	
   pricing	
   pressure	
   in	
   certain	
  
markets	
   and	
   some	
   upward	
   pressure	
   on	
   raw	
   material	
  
prices	
   have	
   continued	
   to	
   dampen	
   gross	
   margins	
   year	
   to	
  
date.	
  

6	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

The	
   Aboveground	
   gross	
   profit	
   of	
   $2.1	
   million	
   or	
   8%	
   of	
  
revenue	
   has	
   improved	
   significantly	
   compared	
   with	
   the	
  
	
   Although	
   the	
   segment	
   has	
  
in	
   2010.	
  
loss	
   position	
  
demonstrated	
  
improvement	
   as	
   compared	
   to	
   2010,	
  
management	
   has	
   identified	
   opportunities	
   for	
   continued	
  
improvement	
  in	
  the	
  Aboveground	
  operating	
  segment.	
  	
  

General	
  and	
  Administration	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  
%	
  change	
  

Twelve	
  Months	
  
9,986	
  
11,394	
  
(12%)	
  

General	
   and	
   administration	
   (“G&A”)	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011	
   decreased	
   $1.4	
   million	
   or	
   12%	
   over	
  
the	
  same	
  period	
  in	
  2010.	
  	
  The	
  year	
  over	
  year	
  reduction	
  in	
  
G&A	
   reflected	
   a	
   number	
   of	
   cost	
   saving	
   initiatives	
   that	
  
were	
  offset	
  by	
  approximately	
  $1.6	
  million	
  of	
  restructuring	
  
incurred	
   by	
   the	
   current	
  
and	
   other	
   costs	
   that	
   were	
  
management	
   team	
   as	
   a	
   result	
   of	
   a	
   conscious	
   decision	
   to	
  
improve	
   the	
   future	
   financial	
   state	
   of	
   the	
   Company.	
   In	
  
2010,	
   approximately	
   $2.0	
   million	
   in	
   costs	
   were	
   incurred	
  
ERP	
  
relating	
  
implementation.	
  	
  The	
  restructuring	
  costs	
  that	
  occurred	
  in	
  
both	
   2010	
   and	
   2011	
   are	
   expected	
   to	
   result	
   in	
   reduced	
  
G&A	
  spending	
  in	
  2012.	
  

restructuring,	
  

integration,	
  

and	
  

to	
  

Foreign	
  Exchange	
  (Gain)	
  Loss	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  

Twelve	
  Months	
  

(373)	
  
496	
  

The	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  (gain)	
  loss	
  for	
  each	
  period	
  primarily	
  
relates	
  to	
  the	
  combination	
  of	
  fluctuations	
  in	
  the	
  US	
  dollar	
  
conversion	
  rate	
  and	
  the	
  US	
  denominated	
  monetary	
  assets	
  
and	
  
the	
   Company’s	
   Canadian	
  
operations.	
  

liabilities	
   held	
   by	
  

The	
   following	
   tables	
   detail	
   the	
   US	
   dollar	
   and	
   euro	
  
conversion	
  rates.	
  

US	
  Dollar	
  Conversion	
  Rates	
  

Year	
  
Ended	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

Avg.	
  

Close	
  

Avg.	
  

Close	
  

0.99	
  
0.97	
  
0.98	
  
1.02	
  

0.97	
  
0.98	
  
1.03	
  
1.02	
  

1.04	
  
1.03	
  
1.04	
  
1.01	
  

1.02	
  
1.05	
  
1.03	
  
1.00	
  

Avg.	
  
Change	
  
(5%)	
  
(6%)	
  
(6%)	
  
1%	
  

Close	
  
Change	
  
(5%)	
  
(7%)	
  
-­‐	
  
2%	
  

Q1	
  
Q2	
  
Q3	
  
Q4	
  

euro	
  Conversion	
  Rates	
  

Year	
  
Ended	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

Avg.	
  

Close	
  

Avg.	
  

Close	
  

1.35	
  
1.39	
  
1.39	
  
1.38	
  

1.37	
  
1.41	
  
1.40	
  
1.32	
  

1.44	
  
1.31	
  
1.34	
  
1.38	
  

1.37	
  
1.28	
  
1.40	
  
1.33	
  

Avg.	
  
Change	
  
(6%)	
  
6%	
  
4%	
  
-­‐	
  

Close	
  
Change	
  
-­‐	
  
10%	
  
-­‐	
  
(1%)	
  

Q1	
  
Q2	
  
Q3	
  
Q4	
  

For	
  additional	
  information	
  on	
  the	
  Company’s	
  exposure	
  to	
  
fluctuations	
   in	
   foreign	
   exchange	
   rates	
   see	
   the	
   “Financial	
  
Instruments”	
  section	
  included	
  later	
  in	
  this	
  MD&A.	
  

Depreciation	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  
%	
  change	
  

Twelve	
  Months	
  
4,317	
  
4,792	
  
(10%)	
  

The	
  
lower	
   depreciation	
   expense	
   resulted	
   from	
   the	
  
impairment	
  loss	
  taken	
  on	
  intangible	
  assets	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  
ZCL	
   Dualam	
   division	
   in	
   the	
   third	
   quarter	
   of	
   2010.	
   	
   This	
  
reduction	
  resulted	
  in	
  a	
  lower	
  cost	
  base	
  for	
  depreciation	
  in	
  
the	
  current	
  year	
  relative	
  to	
  the	
  prior	
  year.	
  

Disposal	
  of	
  Assets	
  and	
  Discontinued	
  Operations	
  

During	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   divested	
   of	
   certain	
   assets	
   of	
  
the	
   steel	
   tank	
   division	
   resulting	
   in	
   cash	
   proceeds	
   of	
   $0.8	
  
million.	
   	
   In	
   2010,	
   ZCL	
   disposed	
   of	
   its	
   Home	
   Heating	
   Oil	
  
Tank	
   (“HHOT”)	
   division	
   for	
   cash	
   proceeds	
   of	
   $0.3	
   million	
  
and	
  a	
  loan	
  with	
  a	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  $1.0	
  million	
  payable	
  to	
  the	
  
	
   The	
   Company	
  
Company	
   over	
   a	
   five	
   year	
   period.	
  
repatriated	
  this	
  loan	
  for	
  proceeds	
  of	
  $1.3	
  million	
  resulting	
  
in	
  a	
  gain	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  of	
  $0.3	
  million	
  in	
  2011.	
  

The	
  financial	
  results	
  from	
  the	
  HHOT	
  division	
  and	
  the	
  steel	
  
tank	
  division	
  are	
  included	
  in	
  “Discontinued	
  Operations”	
  in	
  
this	
  MD&A.	
  	
  	
  

Impairment	
  of	
  goodwill	
  and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  

During	
   the	
   prior	
   year,	
   the	
   Company	
   recorded	
   a	
   $12.7	
  
million	
   write-­‐down	
   of	
   goodwill	
   and	
   a	
   $4.2	
   million	
   write-­‐
down	
   of	
   intangible	
   assets.	
   	
   These	
   assets	
   were	
   initially	
  
recorded	
   on	
   the	
   acquisition	
   of	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   at	
   the	
  
beginning	
   of	
   2010.	
   	
   This	
   impairment	
   was	
   partially	
   offset	
  
by	
   $3.0	
   million	
   related	
   to	
   an	
   earn-­‐out	
   provision	
   that	
   had	
  
been	
   set	
   up	
   as	
   a	
   contingent	
   liability	
   on	
   the	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
  
acquisition	
   that	
   was	
   subsequently	
   de-­‐recognized.	
   	
   In	
  
addition	
  to	
  the	
  goodwill	
  and	
  intangible	
  asset	
  impairments	
  
a	
   write	
   down	
   of	
   property	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   of	
   $0.4	
  
million	
   was	
   recorded	
   in	
   the	
   prior	
   year	
   relating	
   to	
   non-­‐
productive	
  assets	
  held	
  for	
  sale.	
  

7	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Income	
  taxes	
  

Income	
   tax	
   expense	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
  
2011	
   represented	
   25%	
   of	
   pre-­‐tax	
   income,	
   compared	
   to	
  
19%	
  of	
  pre-­‐tax	
  loss	
  in	
  2010.	
  	
  The	
  change	
  in	
  tax	
  rate	
  from	
  
the	
   prior	
   year	
   is	
   due	
   primarily	
   to	
   the	
   $12.7	
   million	
  
impairment	
  of	
  goodwill	
  in	
  2010.	
  	
  This	
  impairment	
  creates	
  
a	
   permanent	
   difference	
   between	
   tax	
   and	
   accounting	
   net	
  
income,	
  therefore	
  did	
  not	
  affect	
  the	
  deferred	
  tax	
  recovery	
  
in	
  the	
  prior	
  year.	
  

Other	
  comprehensive	
  income	
  (loss)	
  

The	
   table	
   below	
   details	
   other	
   comprehensive	
   income	
  
(loss)	
  before	
  the	
  impact	
  of	
  net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  in	
  the	
  period.	
  	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  

Twelve	
  Months	
  
787	
  
(2,421)	
  

LIQUIDITY	
  AND	
  CAPITAL	
  RESOURCES

Working	
  Capital	
  

As	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
  
increased	
  
working	
   capital	
   (current	
   assets	
   less	
   current	
   liabilities)	
   by	
  
$5.6	
  million	
  to	
  $23.4	
  million.	
  The	
  increase	
  is	
  the	
  result	
  of	
  a	
  
significant	
  increase	
  in	
  inventory	
  and	
  a	
  significant	
  decrease	
  
in	
   bank	
   indebtedness,	
   offset	
   partially	
   by	
   a	
   decrease	
   in	
  
accounts	
  receivable	
  and	
  an	
  increase	
  in	
  deferred	
  revenue.	
  

As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  Company	
  had	
  cash	
  and	
  cash	
  
equivalents	
   of	
   $1.7	
   million	
   (2010	
   -­‐	
   $2.1	
   million)	
   and	
   $nil	
  
(2010	
  -­‐	
  $8.6	
  million)	
  drawn	
  against	
  its	
  revolving	
  operating	
  
credit	
   facility	
   (bank	
   indebtedness).	
   	
   In	
   2011,	
   the	
   amount	
  
drawn	
   against	
   the	
   revolving	
   credit	
   facility	
   reached	
   a	
  
quarterly	
   high	
   of	
   $9.5	
   million	
   as	
   at	
   June	
   30,	
   2011.	
   	
   This	
  
compared	
  to	
  a	
  high	
  in	
  the	
  prior	
  year	
  of	
  $10.9	
  million	
  as	
  at	
  
September	
  30,	
  2010.	
  

internally	
   generated	
   cash	
  
Management	
   believes	
   that	
  
flows,	
   along	
   with	
   the	
   available	
   revolving	
   operating	
   credit	
  
facility,	
   will	
   be	
   sufficient	
   to	
   cover	
   the	
   Company’s	
   normal	
  
operating	
   and	
   capital	
   expenditures	
   for	
   the	
   foreseeable	
  
future.	
  

Credit	
  Arrangements	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   operating	
   credit	
   facility	
   is	
   provided	
   by	
   a	
  
Canadian	
  chartered	
  bank.	
  	
  The	
  maximum	
  available	
  under	
  
this	
   facility	
   is	
   $20.0	
   million,	
   subject	
   to	
   prescribed	
   margin	
  
requirements	
   related	
   to	
   a	
   percentage	
   of	
   accounts	
  
receivable	
   and	
   inventory	
   balances	
   at	
   a	
   point	
   in	
   time	
   and	
  
reduced	
  by	
  priority	
  claims.	
  The	
  operating	
  facility	
  is	
  due	
  on	
  
demand	
  and	
  matures	
  on	
  May	
  31,	
  2012.	
  	
  	
  

Other	
   comprehensive	
  
income	
   (loss)	
   for	
   each	
   period	
  
resulted	
   from	
   the	
   translation	
   of	
   foreign	
   operations	
   with	
  
functional	
   currencies	
   denominated	
   in	
   US	
   dollars	
   and	
  
euros.	
   	
   For	
   accounting	
   purposes,	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities	
   of	
  
these	
   foreign	
   operations	
   are	
   translated	
   at	
   the	
   exchange	
  
rate	
   in	
   effect	
   on	
   the	
   balance	
   sheet	
   date.	
   	
   The	
   other	
  
comprehensive	
   income	
   in	
   the	
   2011	
   year	
   was	
   due	
   to	
   the	
  
strengthening	
   of	
   the	
   US	
   dollar	
   relative	
   to	
   the	
   Canadian	
  
dollar	
   throughout	
   the	
   year,	
   while	
   in	
   2010,	
   the	
   US	
   dollar	
  
weakened	
  relative	
  to	
  the	
  Canadian	
  dollar	
  throughout	
  the	
  
year,	
  resulting	
  in	
  a	
  comprehensive	
  loss.	
  

Due	
   to	
   the	
   transition	
   to	
   IFRS	
   in	
   2010,	
   the	
   translation	
  
adjustment	
  for	
  foreign	
  operations	
  changed	
  from	
  a	
  loss	
  of	
  
$2.2	
  million	
  to	
  a	
  loss	
  of	
  $2.4	
  million.	
  	
  	
  

During	
   the	
   year,	
   the	
   Company	
   elected	
   to	
   convert	
   its	
  
Canadian	
   banker’s	
   acceptance	
   based	
   term	
   loan	
   to	
   a	
   US	
  
based	
   LIBOR	
   loan	
   as	
   permitted	
   by	
   the	
   existing	
   credit	
  
facility.	
  	
  	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   term	
   loan	
   is	
   provided	
   by	
   a	
   Canadian	
  
chartered	
   bank	
   and	
   requires	
   monthly	
   interest	
   payments	
  
and	
   quarterly	
   principal	
   repayments	
   of	
   $0.3	
   million	
  
Canadian	
   dollars,	
   with	
   the	
   balance	
   due	
   on	
   maturity	
   on	
  
May	
  31,	
  2013.	
  	
  The	
  interest	
  charged	
  on	
  the	
  loan	
  is	
  the	
  US	
  
dollar	
  based	
  LIBOR	
  plus	
  250	
  basis	
  points.	
  The	
  Company	
  is	
  
also	
   subject	
   to	
   mandatory	
   repayments	
   of	
   outstanding	
  
principal	
   equal	
   to	
   100%	
   of	
   any	
   net	
   proceeds	
   on	
   asset	
  
insurance	
   proceeds	
   received	
   by	
   the	
  
disposals	
   and	
  
Company.	
  During	
  the	
  twelve	
  months	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  
2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   repaid	
   $2.9	
   million	
   of	
   principal	
  
relating	
  to	
  proceeds	
  from	
  asset	
  sales	
  that	
  occurred	
  at	
  the	
  
end	
   of	
   2010	
   and	
   the	
   settlement	
   of	
   a	
   note	
   receivable	
   on	
  
the	
  disposal	
  of	
  the	
  Home	
  Heating	
  Oil	
  Tank	
  division.	
  

The	
   Company	
   also	
   has	
   long	
   term	
   debt	
   with	
   a	
   different	
  
lender	
   of	
   approximately	
   $2.0	
   million.	
   This	
   term	
   debt	
  
requires	
   monthly	
   repayments	
   of	
   $15,100	
   plus	
   interest,	
  
maturing	
  in	
  November	
  2023.	
  	
  Subsequent	
  to	
  year	
  end,	
  the	
  
Company	
  repaid	
  this	
  loan	
  with	
  funds	
  from	
  the	
  term	
  loan,	
  
for	
   additional	
  
in	
   the	
  
consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  

information,	
   refer	
   to	
   note	
   27	
  

8	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Share	
  Capital	
  

Investing	
  Activities	
  

The	
   Company	
   did	
   not	
   issue	
   any	
   shares	
   during	
   the	
   year	
  
ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011.	
   	
   In	
   the	
   prior	
   year,	
   through	
   a	
  
private	
  placement,	
  the	
  Company	
  issued	
  550,000	
  common	
  
shares	
  to	
  its	
  President	
  and	
  CEO	
  at	
  price	
  of	
  $2.31	
  per	
  share	
  
for	
   total	
   proceeds	
   of	
   $1.3	
   million.	
   Also	
   in	
   2010,	
   in	
  
conjunction	
  with	
  the	
  acquisition	
  of	
  Dualam,	
  the	
  Company	
  
issued	
  1,636,490	
  common	
  shares	
  with	
  a	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  $5.9	
  
million	
  based	
  on	
  a	
  share	
  price	
  of	
  $3.62.	
  

Cash	
  Flows	
  

($000’s)	
  

Operating	
  activities	
  

Financing	
  activities	
  

Investing	
  activities	
  
Foreign	
  exchange(1)	
  
Discontinued	
  operations	
  

Twelve	
  Months	
  

2011	
  

13,199	
  

2010	
  

517	
  

(13,389)	
  

7,537	
  

191	
  

(223)	
  

(176)	
  

(398)	
  

(7,991)	
  

(229)	
  

(597)	
  

(763)	
  

(1)	
  Foreign	
  exchange	
  loss	
  on	
  cash	
  held	
  in	
  foreign	
  currency.	
  

Operating	
  Activities	
  

The	
   cash	
   flows	
   from	
   operating	
   activities	
   reflects	
   the	
   net	
  
impact	
   of	
  
i)	
   cash	
   from	
   continuing	
   operations	
   (for	
  
additional	
   information	
   see	
   the	
   “Non-­‐GAAP	
   Measures”	
  
section	
   later	
   in	
   this	
   MD&A)	
   and	
   ii)	
   changes	
   in	
   non-­‐cash	
  
working	
  capital.	
  

Cash	
   from	
   operations,	
   not	
   including	
   changes	
   in	
   non-­‐cash	
  
working	
   capital,	
   totalled	
   $8.4	
   million	
   in	
   2011,	
   compared	
  
to	
   $0.9	
   million	
   in	
   2010.	
   	
   The	
   increase	
   in	
   cash	
   flows	
   from	
  
operations	
   was	
   primarily	
   due	
   to	
   the	
   improvement	
   in	
   net	
  
income	
   from	
   continuing	
   operations	
   from	
   all	
   operating	
  
segments	
   with	
   the	
   biggest	
   difference	
   from	
   year	
   to	
   year	
  
realized	
  in	
  the	
  aboveground	
  operating	
  segment.	
  

Changes	
  in	
  non-­‐cash	
  working	
  capital	
  totalled	
  $4.8	
  million	
  
in	
  2011,	
  compared	
  to	
  a	
  negative	
  $0.4	
  million	
  in	
  2010.	
  	
  The	
  
positive	
  change	
  in	
  2011	
  was	
  due	
  mostly	
  to	
  an	
  increase	
  in	
  
current	
   liabilities	
   coupled	
   with	
   a	
   reduction	
   of	
   accounts	
  
receivable.	
   	
  These	
   categories	
   were	
   partially	
   offset	
   by	
   the	
  
large	
  increase	
  in	
  inventory	
  from	
  2010.	
  	
  	
  

Financing	
  Activities	
  

The	
   cash	
   flow	
   from	
   financing	
   activities	
   in	
   2011	
   reflected	
  
repayments	
   of	
   bank	
   debt	
   of	
   $8.6	
   million	
   and	
   repayment	
  
of	
   long	
   term	
   debt	
   of	
   $4.8	
   million.	
   	
   In	
   2010,	
   bank	
  
indebtedness	
   increased	
   $6.1	
   million	
   and	
   long	
   term	
   debt	
  
was	
   increased	
   $0.8	
   million.	
   	
   In	
   2010,	
   the	
   issuance	
   of	
  
common	
   shares	
   for	
   $1.5	
   million	
   was	
   offset	
   by	
   the	
  
payment	
  of	
  dividends	
  of	
  $0.9	
  million.	
  	
  

The	
   cash	
   inflows	
   from	
   investing	
   activities	
   in	
   the	
   year	
  
ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  primarily	
  reflected	
  disposal	
  of	
  
property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   and	
   other	
   assets	
   for	
   $1.9	
  
million	
   offset	
   with	
   the	
   purchase	
   of	
   property,	
   plant	
   and	
  
equipment	
   for	
   $1.8	
   million.	
   	
   The	
   outflow	
   from	
   investing	
  
activity	
   during	
   2010	
   included	
   cash	
   consideration	
   paid	
   in	
  
conjunction	
   with	
   the	
   acquisition	
   of	
   Dualam,	
   net	
   of	
   cash	
  
acquired,	
  of	
  $8.1	
  million	
  and	
  normal	
  maintenance	
  capital	
  
expenditures	
   and	
   the	
   ERP	
   system	
   offset	
   by	
   the	
   proceeds	
  
on	
  disposal	
  of	
  non-­‐core	
  assets.	
  	
  

Contractual	
  Obligations	
  

its	
   captive	
  

The	
   Company	
   has	
   provided	
   a	
   letter	
   of	
   credit	
   in	
   the	
  
amount	
   of	
   $0.5	
   million	
   US	
   to	
   secure	
   claims	
   in	
   favour	
   of	
  
the	
  Commissioner	
  of	
  Insurance	
  for	
  the	
  State	
  of	
  Montana	
  
to	
   establish	
  
insurance	
   company,	
   Radigan	
  
Insurance	
   Inc.	
   (“Radigan”).	
   Radigan	
   provides	
   insurance	
  
protection	
   for	
   product	
   warranties,	
   patent	
   infringements,	
  
and	
   the	
   general	
   liability	
   coverage	
   for	
   the	
   US	
   operations.	
  
The	
  Company	
  has	
  issued	
  a	
  letter	
  of	
  credit	
  for	
  $0.2	
  million	
  
to	
   secure	
   the	
   delivery	
   of	
   product.	
   	
   In	
   addition,	
   cash	
   and	
  
cash	
   equivalents	
   of	
   $0.25	
   million	
   US	
   held	
   by	
   Radigan	
   are	
  
restricted	
   for	
   collateral	
   on	
   a	
   contract	
   performance	
  
guarantee.	
  	
  

The	
   Company	
   has	
   provided	
   a	
   letter	
   of	
   credit	
   in	
   the	
  
amount	
   of	
   $1.0	
   million	
   to	
   secure	
   a	
   line	
   of	
   credit	
   for	
   the	
  
same	
   amount	
   for	
   our	
   US	
   operations.	
   	
   The	
   Company	
   has	
  
also	
   provided	
   a	
   letter	
   of	
   credit	
   in	
   the	
   amount	
   of	
   $0.4	
  
million	
   to	
   secure	
   claims	
   for	
   the	
   Company’s	
   US	
   workers’	
  
compensation	
  program.	
  In	
  the	
  normal	
  course	
  of	
  business,	
  
the	
   Company	
   provides	
   letters	
   of	
   credit	
   as	
   collateral	
   for	
  
contract	
   performance	
   guarantees.	
   	
  As	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
  
2011	
  the	
  issued	
  performance	
  letters	
  of	
  credit	
  totalled	
  less	
  
than	
  $0.2	
  million.	
  

As	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   ZCL’s	
   minimum	
   annual	
   lease	
  
commitments	
   under	
   all	
   non-­‐cancellable	
   operating	
   leases	
  
for	
  production	
  facilities,	
  office	
  space	
  and	
  automotive	
  and	
  
equipment	
  totalled	
  approximately	
  $9.2	
  million.	
  	
  	
  

The	
   following	
   table	
   details	
   the	
   Company’s	
   contractual	
  
obligations	
  due	
  over	
  the	
  next	
  five	
  years	
  and	
  thereafter:	
  

($000’s)	
  

2012	
  
2013	
  
2014	
  
2015	
  
2016	
  
Thereafter	
  
Total	
  

Long	
  Term	
  
Debt	
  
1,687	
  
2,999	
  
181	
  
181	
  
181	
  
1,045	
  
6,274	
  

Operating	
  
Leases	
  
2,675	
  
2,535	
  
1,892	
  
1,047	
  
687	
  
408	
  
9,244	
  

Total	
  

4,362	
  
5,534	
  
2,073	
  
1,228	
  
868	
  
1,453	
  
15,518	
  

9	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

SUMMARY	
  OF	
  QUARTERLY	
  RESULTS

The	
   table	
   below	
   presents	
   selected	
   financial	
   information	
  
for	
   the	
   eight	
   most	
   recent	
   quarters	
   which	
   should	
   be	
   read	
  
in	
  conjunction	
  with	
  the	
  applicable	
  interim	
  unaudited	
  and	
  
annual	
   audited	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   and	
  
accompanying	
  notes.	
  	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   financial	
   results	
   have	
   historically	
   been	
  
affected	
   by	
   seasonality	
   with	
   the	
   lowest	
   levels	
   of	
   activity	
  
occurring	
  in	
  the	
  first	
  half	
  of	
  the	
  year	
  and	
  particularly	
  the	
  

first	
   quarter.	
   In	
   addition,	
   the	
   Company	
   is	
   subject	
   to	
  
fluctuations	
   in	
   the	
   US	
   to	
   Canadian	
   dollar	
   exchange	
   rate	
  
since	
  a	
  significant	
  portion	
  of	
  its	
  revenue	
  is	
  denominated	
  in	
  
US	
   dollars.	
   Over	
   the	
   past	
   eight	
   quarters,	
   the	
   US	
   to	
  
Canadian	
  dollar	
  conversion	
  rate	
  has	
  ranged	
  from	
  a	
  low	
  of	
  
0.97	
   in	
   the	
   first	
   quarter	
   of	
   2011	
   to	
   a	
   high	
   of	
   1.05	
   in	
   the	
  
second	
  quarter	
  of	
  2010.	
  	
  

For	
  the	
  three	
  months	
  ended	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars,	
  
except	
  per	
  share	
  amounts)	
  

Revenue	
  

Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  

Dec	
  31	
  

Sep	
  30	
  

Jun	
  30	
   Mar	
  31	
  

$	
  
37,716	
  

$	
  

$	
  

36,352	
   29,820	
  

$	
  
23,158	
  

Dec	
  31	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
35,028	
  

Sep	
  30	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
32,340	
  

Jun	
  30	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
30,521	
  

Mar	
  31	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
23,685	
  

Continuing	
  operations	
  

1,840	
  

1,892	
  

969	
  

(1,247)	
  

(1,102)	
  

(12,485)	
  

(437)	
  

(2,676)	
  

Discontinued	
  operations	
  

-­‐	
  

-­‐	
  

(181)	
  

17	
  

Total	
  

1,840	
  

1,892	
  

788	
  

(1,230)	
  

287	
  

(815)	
  

(233)	
  

4	
  

(207)	
  

(12,718)	
  

(433)	
  

(2,883)	
  

Basic	
  and	
  diluted	
  earnings	
  	
  
	
  	
  (loss)	
  per	
  share	
  

Continuing	
  operations	
  

Total	
  

0.06	
  

0.06	
  

0.07	
  

0.07	
  

0.03	
  

0.02	
  

(0.04)	
  

(0.04)	
  

(0.04)	
  

(0.03)	
  

(0.44)	
  

(0.45)	
  

(0.02)	
  

(0.02)	
  

(0.09)	
  

(0.10)	
  

(1)	
  The	
  comparative	
  information	
  has	
  been	
  adjusted	
  for	
  IFRS	
  requirements	
  from	
  the	
  amounts	
  reported	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP.	
  
(2)	
  The	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  are	
  the	
  steel	
  tank	
  division	
  which	
  was	
  sold	
  May	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  the	
  Home	
  Heating	
  Oil	
  Tank	
  division,	
  
which	
  ZCL	
  sold	
  June	
  14,	
  2010	
  because	
  they	
  were	
  not	
  part	
  of	
  ZCL’s	
  core	
  business.	
  	
  

10	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

FOURTH	
  QUARTER	
  RESULTS	
  	
  

Selected	
  Financial	
  Information	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars,	
  

except	
  per	
  share	
  amounts)	
  

Operating	
  Results	
  
Revenue	
  

Underground	
  fluid	
  containment	
  
Aboveground	
  fluid	
  containment	
  

Total	
  Revenue	
  
Gross	
  profit	
  (note	
  1)	
  
%	
  of	
  revenue	
  

General	
  and	
  administration	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  loss	
  
Depreciation	
  and	
  finance	
  expense	
  
Loss	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
Impairment	
  of	
  assets	
  
Income	
  tax	
  expense	
  (recovery)	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  	
  
Net	
  loss	
  from	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  
Overall	
  earnings	
  (loss)	
  per	
  share	
  

Basic	
  
Diluted	
  

EBITDA	
  (note	
  1)	
  
%	
  of	
  revenue	
  

Cash	
  Flows	
  
Cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  (note	
  1	
  &	
  3)	
  
Changes	
  in	
  non-­‐cash	
  working	
  capital	
  
Net	
  advance	
  (repayment)	
  of:	
  

Bank	
  indebtedness	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  Ended	
  December	
  31	
  
20102	
  
$	
  

2011	
  

$	
  

29,670	
  
8,046	
  
37,716	
  
6,188	
  
16%	
  
2,120	
  
16	
  
1,468	
  
16	
  
-­‐	
  
728	
  
1,840	
  
-­‐	
  
1,840	
  

0.06	
  
0.06	
  
4,172	
  
11%	
  

4,011	
  
4,926	
  

29,261	
  
5,767	
  
35,028	
  
2,783	
  
8%	
  
2,698	
  
282	
  
1,457	
  
-­‐	
  
547	
  
(1,099)	
  
(1,102)	
  
287	
  
(815)	
  

(0.03)	
  
(0.03)	
  
537	
  
2%	
  

435	
  
1,209	
  

(8,924)	
  
(763)	
  
(503)	
  
-­‐	
  

238	
  
(3,666)	
  
(157)	
  
1,550	
  

Purchase	
  of	
  capital	
  and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  
Disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
Note	
  1:	
  Gross	
  profit,	
  EBITDA,	
  and	
  cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  are	
  non-­‐IFRS	
  measures	
  and	
  are	
  defined	
  later	
  in	
  the	
  MD&A	
  under	
  
"Non-­‐IFRS	
  Measures".	
  
Note	
  2:	
  The	
  comparative	
  information	
  has	
  been	
  adjusted	
  to	
  IFRS	
  requirements	
  from	
  the	
  amounts	
  reported	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP.	
  
Note	
  3:	
  Cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  excludes	
  changes	
  in	
  non-­‐cash	
  working	
  capital..	
  

11	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Fourth	
  Quarter	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

%	
  change	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

%	
  
change	
  

%	
  of	
  rev	
  
2011	
  	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  

Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Overall	
  Fourth	
  Quarter	
  Performance	
  

The	
   net	
   income	
   in	
   the	
   fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
   2011	
   was	
   $1.8	
  
million	
  or	
  $0.06	
  per	
  diluted	
  share,	
  compared	
  to	
  a	
  net	
  loss	
  
of	
   $0.8	
   million	
   or	
   $0.03	
   per	
   diluted	
   share	
   in	
   the	
   fourth	
  
quarter	
  of	
  2010.	
  	
  The	
  increase	
  in	
  earnings	
  reflected	
  higher	
  
revenues,	
  a	
  significant	
  improvement	
  in	
  gross	
  profit	
  and	
  a	
  
reduction	
   in	
   G&A,	
   finance	
   and	
   other	
   expenses,	
   when	
  
compared	
  to	
  the	
  same	
  quarter	
  in	
  2010.	
  	
  	
  

The	
   factors	
   impacting	
   the	
   fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
   2011	
   were	
  
generally	
   consistent	
   with	
   those	
   impacting	
   the	
   full	
   year	
  
2011	
  as	
  previously	
  discussed	
  in	
  this	
  MD&A.	
  	
  

Revenue	
  

($000’s)	
  
Underground	
  Fluid	
  
	
  	
  Containment	
  
Petroleum	
  Products	
  
Water	
  Products	
  

Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  	
  
	
  	
  Containment	
  
Industrial	
  	
  
	
  	
  Corrosion	
  Products	
  

25,020	
  
4,650	
  

29,670	
  

23,754	
  
5,507	
  

29,261	
  

5%	
  
(16%)	
  

1%	
  

8,046	
  

5,767	
  

37,716	
  

35,028	
  

40%	
  

8%	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

in	
   revenue	
  

Overall,	
   revenue	
   from	
   the	
   Underground	
   segment	
   was	
  
relatively	
   flat	
   as	
   compared	
   to	
   the	
   same	
   quarter	
   in	
   2010.	
  	
  
The	
   $1.2	
   million	
   or	
   5%	
   increase	
   in	
   Petroleum	
   Products	
  
revenue	
  in	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  2011	
  as	
  compared	
  to	
  the	
  
fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
   2010	
   was	
   attributable	
   to	
   a	
   comparable	
  
increase	
  
from	
   both	
   US	
   and	
   Canadian	
  
Petroleum	
   Product	
   sales.	
   	
   The	
   10%	
   increase	
   from	
   US	
  
operations	
   was	
   primarily	
   driven	
   by	
   increases	
   in	
   sales	
   to	
  
independent	
  retailers	
  which	
  were	
  up	
  by	
  $2.1	
  million	
  over	
  
the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  2010.	
  	
  These	
  were	
  partially	
  offset	
  by	
  
sales	
   to	
   other	
   US	
   customers,	
   which	
   were	
   down	
   by	
  
approximately	
   $1.7	
   million.	
   	
  The	
   increase	
   in	
   Canada	
   was	
  
attributable	
  mainly	
  to	
  major	
  oil	
  customers.	
  

Revenue	
   from	
   the	
   international	
   operations	
   was	
   down	
  
$0.9	
   million	
   due	
   primarily	
   to	
   lower	
   licensee	
   related	
  
revenue	
  when	
  compared	
  to	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  2010.	
  

Although	
  Water	
  Product	
  sales	
  were	
  up	
  slightly	
  in	
  Canada,	
  
overall	
   revenue	
   was	
   $4.7	
   million,	
   down	
   $0.9	
   million	
   or	
  
16%	
   from	
   the	
   same	
   period	
   in	
   2010.	
   	
  The	
   continued	
  
weakness	
   in	
   the	
   US	
   construction	
   market	
   has	
   resulted	
   in	
  
the	
   decline	
   in	
   revenues	
   when	
   compared	
   to	
   the	
   same	
  
period	
   of	
   2010,	
   where	
   US	
   government	
   supported	
  
economic	
  stimulus	
  infrastructure	
  spending	
  buoyed	
  Water	
  
Product	
  sales.	
  

Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

Revenue	
  for	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  2011	
  was	
  $8.0	
  million,	
  
up	
  $2.2	
  million	
  or	
  40%	
  compared	
  to	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  
2010.	
  The	
  increase	
  from	
  2010	
  predominately	
  reflected	
  an	
  
increase	
   in	
   revenue	
   of	
   $3.2	
   million	
   for	
   the	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
  
operation,	
  compared	
  with	
  the	
  same	
  quarter	
  in	
  2010.	
  The	
  
backlog	
  in	
  the	
  Industrial	
  Corrosion	
  division	
  is	
  significantly	
  
higher	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   than	
   a	
   year	
   earlier,	
   and	
  
although	
  certain	
  of	
  the	
  projects	
  are	
  longer	
  term	
  in	
  nature,	
  
the	
  increased	
  revenue	
  reflects	
  the	
  strengthening	
  demand	
  
for	
  Industrial	
  Corrosion	
  Products.	
  

Gross	
  Profit	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  	
  
	
  	
  Containment	
  
Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  
	
  	
  Containment	
  

5,399	
  

3,433	
  

57%	
  

18%	
  

789	
  

(650)	
  

n/a	
  

6,188	
  

2,783	
  

122%	
  

10%	
  

16%	
  

The	
   increase	
   of	
   $3.4	
   million	
   or	
   122%	
   in	
   gross	
   profit	
   over	
  
the	
   same	
   period	
   in	
   2010	
   reflect	
   the	
   factors	
   discussed	
  
below:	
  

Underground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

Gross	
   profit	
   from	
   the	
   Underground	
   segment	
   of	
   $5.4	
  
million	
  or	
  18%	
  of	
  revenue	
  was	
  an	
  increase	
  of	
  $2.0	
  million	
  
or	
  57%	
  in	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  2011	
  as	
  compared	
  to	
  the	
  
fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
   2010.	
   	
   The	
   increase	
   was	
   a	
   result	
   of	
  
higher	
   revenues	
   earned	
   in	
   the	
   fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
   2011	
  
along	
  with	
  improved	
  profits	
  as	
  a	
  percentage	
  of	
  revenue	
  as	
  
compared	
   to	
   the	
   same	
   period	
   in	
   2010.	
   	
   US	
   Underground	
  
Fluid	
   Containment	
   drove	
   a	
   significant	
   portion	
   of	
   the	
  
increase	
   in	
   gross	
   margin	
   with	
   improved	
   profitability	
   on	
  
sales	
  to	
  independent	
  service	
  station	
  operators.	
  

Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  

The	
   Aboveground	
   (Industrial	
   Corrosion)	
   gross	
   profit	
   of	
  
$0.8	
   million	
   is	
   a	
   $1.5	
   million	
   improvement	
   over	
   the	
  
negative	
   gross	
   profit	
   in	
   the	
   fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
   2010.	
   The	
  
improvement	
   occurred	
  
in	
   both	
   the	
   traditional	
   ZCL	
  
Corrosion	
  operations	
  and	
  the	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  operations	
  and	
  
is	
   the	
   result	
   of	
   a	
   continued	
   focus	
   on	
   cost	
   reduction	
   and	
  
production	
  efficiencies.	
  

Despite	
  the	
  gain	
  over	
  the	
  prior	
  period,	
  there	
  continues	
  to	
  
be	
   lower	
   margin	
   orders	
   taken	
   in	
   prior	
   quarters	
   that	
   are	
  
still	
  in	
  work	
  in	
  progress	
  and	
  backlog.	
  	
  

12	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

General	
  and	
  Administration	
  

Income	
  taxes	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  
%	
  change	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  
2,120	
  
2,698	
  
(21%)	
  

The	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  2011	
  saw	
  a	
  reduction	
  of	
  $0.6	
  million	
  
or	
   21%	
   in	
   general	
   and	
   administration	
   (“G&A”)	
   over	
   the	
  
same	
  quarter	
  of	
  2010.	
  The	
  reduction	
  primarily	
  related	
  to	
  
cost	
   saving	
   initiatives	
   that	
   occurred	
   throughout	
   2011.	
  
G&A	
   costs	
   were	
   6%	
   of	
   revenue	
   in	
   the	
   fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
  
2011	
  compared	
  to	
  8%	
  in	
  the	
  same	
  quarter	
  of	
  2010.	
  

Income	
   tax	
   expense	
   for	
   the	
   three	
   months	
   ended	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011	
   represented	
   28%	
   of	
   pre-­‐tax	
   income,	
  
compared	
  to	
  50%	
  of	
  pre-­‐tax	
  loss	
  in	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  
2010.	
  	
  The	
  50%	
  effective	
  tax	
  rate	
  of	
  2012	
  reflected	
  some	
  
additional	
   impairment	
   losses	
   that	
   created	
   a	
   permanent	
  
difference	
  between	
  tax	
  and	
  accounting	
  net	
  loss	
  therefore	
  
it	
   did	
   not	
   affect	
   the	
   deferred	
   tax	
   recovery	
   in	
   the	
   prior	
  
period.	
  

Other	
  Comprehensive	
  (Loss)	
  

The	
   table	
   below	
   details	
   other	
   comprehensive	
   loss	
  before	
  
the	
  impact	
  of	
  net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  in	
  the	
  period.	
  	
  

Foreign	
  Exchange	
  Loss	
  	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  
16	
  
282	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  

(789)	
  
(1,422)	
  

The	
   foreign	
   exchange	
   loss	
   for	
   each	
   period	
   primarily	
  
relates	
  to	
  the	
  combination	
  of	
  fluctuations	
  in	
  the	
  US	
  dollar	
  
conversion	
  rate	
  and	
  the	
  US	
  denominated	
  monetary	
  assets	
  
and	
  
the	
   Company’s	
   Canadian	
  
operations.	
  	
  	
  

liabilities	
   held	
   by	
  

The	
  table	
  below	
  details	
  the	
  US	
  dollar	
  and	
  euro	
  conversion	
  
rates.	
  

Fourth	
  
Quarter	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

Avg.	
  

Close	
  

Avg.	
  

Close	
  

USD	
  
euro	
  

1.02	
  
1.38	
  

1.02	
  
1.32	
  

1.01	
  
1.38	
  

1.00	
  
1.33	
  

Avg.	
  
Change	
  
1%	
  
-­‐	
  

Close	
  
Change	
  
2%	
  
(1%)	
  

For	
  additional	
  information	
  on	
  the	
  Company’s	
  exposure	
  to	
  
fluctuations	
   in	
   foreign	
   exchange	
   rates	
   see	
   the	
   “Financial	
  
Instruments”	
  section	
  included	
  later	
  in	
  this	
  MD&A.	
  

Depreciation	
  

($000’s)	
  

2011	
  
2010	
  
%	
  change	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  
1,212	
  
1,148	
  
6%	
  

The	
  2011	
  depreciation	
  expense	
  was	
  relatively	
  consistent	
  
with	
  the	
  prior	
  quarter	
  of	
  2010.

Other	
   comprehensive	
   loss	
   for	
   each	
   period	
   resulted	
   from	
  
the	
   translation	
   of	
   foreign	
   operations	
   with	
   functional	
  
currencies	
   denominated	
   in	
   US	
   dollars	
   and	
   the	
   euro.	
   	
   For	
  
accounting	
  purposes,	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  of	
  these	
  foreign	
  
operations	
   are	
   translated	
   at	
   the	
   exchange	
   rate	
   in	
   effect	
  
on	
  the	
  balance	
  sheet	
  date.	
  	
  	
  

The	
   other	
   comprehensive	
   loss	
   in	
   the	
   fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
  
2011	
  was	
  due	
  to	
  the	
  US	
  dollar	
  conversion	
  rate	
  decreasing	
  
from	
   1.03	
   in	
   the	
   third	
   quarter	
   of	
   2011	
   to	
   1.02	
   in	
   the	
  
fourth	
   quarter	
   of	
   2011.	
   	
   The	
   euro	
   conversion	
   rate	
   also	
  
decreased	
  from	
  1.40	
  in	
  the	
  third	
  quarter	
  of	
  2011	
  to	
  1.32	
  
in	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  2011.	
  	
  

Financial	
  Position/Cash	
  Flows	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   working	
   capital	
   (current	
   assets	
  
less	
  
current	
   liabilities)	
   of	
   $23.4	
   million	
   as	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
  
2011	
   was	
   an	
   improvement	
   over	
   the	
   $20.7	
   million	
   at	
  
September	
  30,	
  2011.	
  	
  Positive	
  cash	
  flows	
  from	
  operations	
  
and	
   increases	
   in	
   deferred	
   revenue	
   contributed	
   to	
   the	
  
repayment	
   of	
  
the	
  
improvement	
  in	
  working	
  capital.	
  	
  

indebtedness	
   and	
  

the	
   bank	
  

13	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

FINANCIAL	
  INSTRUMENTS	
  

rate	
  

risk	
   and	
  

risk),	
   credit	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  activities	
  expose	
  it	
  to	
  a	
  variety	
  of	
  financial	
  
risks	
   including	
   market	
   risk	
   (foreign	
   exchange	
   risk	
   and	
  
risk.	
  
interest	
  
Management	
   reviews	
   these	
   risks	
   on	
   an	
   ongoing	
   basis	
   to	
  
ensure	
   they	
   are	
   appropriately	
   managed.	
   	
   In	
   addition	
   to	
  
the	
   discussion	
   below,	
   see	
   note	
   23	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
  
financial	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011	
   audited	
   consolidated	
  
statements	
   for	
   information	
   on	
   the	
   exposure	
   to	
   financial	
  
instruments	
  risk.	
  	
  

liquidity	
  

Foreign	
  Exchange	
  Risk	
  	
  

The	
   Company	
   operates	
   on	
   an	
   international	
   basis	
   and	
   is	
  
subject	
  to	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  risk.	
  	
  The	
  most	
  significant	
  risk	
  
is	
   the	
   fluctuation	
   of	
   the	
   US	
   dollar	
   in	
   comparison	
   to	
   the	
  
Canadian	
  dollar.	
  The	
  tables	
  below	
  provide	
  an	
  indication	
  of	
  
ZCL’s	
   exposure	
   to	
   changes	
   in	
   the	
   US	
   to	
   Canadian	
   dollar	
  
conversion	
   rate	
   as	
   at	
   and	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
  
31,	
  2011.	
  	
  

Balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  related	
  to	
  financial	
  assets,	
  net	
  of	
  
financial	
  liabilities,	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  was	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  US	
  dollars)	
  	
  

Foreign	
  operations	
  
Domestic	
  operations	
  
Net	
  balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  

$	
  

777	
  
(4,421)	
  
(3,644)	
  

Operating	
   exposure	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
  
2011	
  was	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  US	
  dollars)	
  

Sales	
  
Operating	
  expenses	
  
Net	
  operating	
  exposure	
  

$	
  

82,582	
  
75,319	
  
7,263	
  

Based	
  on	
  the	
  exposures	
  noted	
  above,	
  with	
  other	
  variables	
  
unchanged,	
   a	
   20%	
   decline	
   in	
   the	
   Canadian	
   dollar	
   would	
  
have	
  impacted	
  net	
  income	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  
31,	
  2011	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  US	
  dollars)	
  

$	
  

Net	
  balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  of	
  domestic	
  operations	
   (566)	
  
930	
  
Net	
  operating	
  exposure	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
  
364	
  
Increase	
  in	
  net	
  income	
  

Other	
   comprehensive	
   income	
   (loss)	
   would	
   have	
   also	
  
increased	
   an	
   additional	
   $0.1	
   million	
   due	
   to	
   the	
   net	
  
balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  of	
  self-­‐sustaining	
  operations.	
  	
  

An	
   increase	
   or	
   strengthening	
   of	
   20%	
   in	
   the	
   Canadian	
  
dollar	
   would	
   have	
   had	
   an	
   equal	
   but	
   opposite	
   impact	
   on	
  
net	
  income	
  and	
  other	
  comprehensive	
  income.	
  

Credit	
  Risk	
  	
  

financial	
  

funds	
   with	
   reputable	
  

The	
   Company	
   is	
   exposed	
   to	
   credit	
   risk	
   through	
   its	
   cash	
  
and	
   cash	
   equivalents,	
   restricted	
   cash	
   and	
   accounts	
  
receivable.	
  
	
   The	
   Company	
   manages	
   the	
   credit	
   risk	
  
associated	
   with	
   its	
   cash	
   and	
   cash	
   equivalents	
   by	
   holding	
  
institutions	
   and	
  
its	
  
investing	
  only	
  in	
  highly	
  rated	
  securities	
  that	
  are	
  traded	
  on	
  
active	
   markets	
   and	
   are	
   capable	
   of	
   prompt	
   liquidation.	
  
Credit	
   risk	
   for	
   trade	
   and	
   other	
   accounts	
   receivable	
   are	
  
managed	
  through	
  established	
  credit	
  monitoring	
  activities	
  
and	
   by	
   obtaining	
   a	
   cash	
   deposit	
   from	
   certain	
   customers	
  
with	
   no	
   prior	
   order	
   history	
   with	
   the	
   Company	
   or	
   where	
  
the	
  Company	
  determines	
  the	
  customer	
  has	
  a	
  higher	
  level	
  
of	
  risk.	
  	
  	
  

The	
  Company	
  has	
  a	
  concentration	
  of	
  customers	
  in	
  the	
  oil	
  
and	
  gas	
  sector.	
  The	
  concentration	
  risk	
  is	
  mitigated	
  by	
  the	
  
number	
   of	
   customers	
   and	
   by	
   a	
   significant	
   portion	
   of	
   the	
  
customers	
   being	
   large	
   international	
   organizations.	
   As	
   at	
  
December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  no	
  single	
  customer	
  exceeded	
  10%	
  of	
  
the	
  consolidated	
  trade	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  balance.	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  maximum	
  exposure	
  to	
  credit	
  risk	
  for	
  trade	
  
accounts	
   receivable	
   is	
   the	
   carrying	
   value	
  of	
   $19.5	
   million	
  
as	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   (December	
   31,	
   2010	
   -­‐	
   $22.1	
  
million).	
  Included	
  in	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  are	
  balances	
  not	
  
considered	
   trade	
   receivables	
   of	
   $0.4	
   million	
   (2010	
   -­‐	
   $0.6	
  
million)	
   which	
   include	
   various	
   federal	
   and	
   provincial	
   tax	
  
refunds	
   and	
   rebates.	
   On	
   a	
   geographic	
   basis	
   as	
   at	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   approximately	
   65%	
   (December	
   31,	
  
2010	
   –	
   59%)	
   of	
   the	
   balance	
   of	
   trade	
   accounts	
   receivable	
  
was	
   due	
   from	
   Canadian	
   and	
   non-­‐US	
   customers	
   and	
   35%	
  
(December	
  31,	
  2010	
  –	
  41%)	
  was	
  due	
  from	
  US	
  customers.	
  	
  

Payment	
   terms	
   are	
   generally	
   net	
   30	
   days.	
  
	
   As	
   at	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   the	
   percentages	
   of	
   trade	
   accounts	
  
receivable	
   were	
   as	
   follows:	
   51%	
   current	
   (December	
   31,	
  
2010	
   –	
   56%),	
   27%	
   past	
   due	
   1	
   to	
   30	
   days	
   (December	
   31,	
  
2010	
   –	
  23%),	
  12%	
  past	
  due	
  31	
  to	
  60	
  days	
  (December	
  31,	
  
2010	
   –	
   10%),	
   8%	
   past	
   due	
   61	
   to	
   90	
   days	
   (December	
   31,	
  
2010	
   –	
   5%)	
   and	
   2%	
   past	
   due	
   greater	
   than	
   90	
   days	
  
(December	
  31,	
  2010	
  –	
  6%).	
  	
  	
  

14	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

RISKS	
  AND	
  UNCERTAINTIES

The	
   Company	
   is	
   subject	
   to	
   a	
   number	
   of	
   known	
   and	
  
unknown	
  risks,	
  uncertainties	
  and	
  other	
  factors	
  that	
  could	
  
cause	
   the	
   Company’s	
   actual	
   future	
   results	
   to	
   differ	
  
materially	
   from	
   those	
   historically	
   achieved	
   and	
   those	
  
reflected	
   in	
   forward-­‐looking	
   statements	
   made	
   by	
   the	
  
Company.	
   	
   These	
   factors	
   include,	
   but	
   are	
   not	
   limited	
   to,	
  
fluctuations	
   in	
   the	
   level	
   of	
   capital	
   expenditures	
   in	
   the	
  
Petroleum	
   Products,	
   Water	
   Products	
   and	
  
Industrial	
  
Corrosion	
   Products	
   markets;	
   drilling	
   activity	
   and	
   oil	
   and	
  
natural	
   gas	
   prices	
   and	
   other	
   factors	
   that	
   affect	
   demand	
  
industry	
  
for	
   the	
   Company’s	
   products	
   and	
   services;	
  
competition;	
   the	
   need	
   to	
   effectively	
   integrate	
   acquired	
  
businesses;	
   the	
   ability	
   of	
   management	
   to	
   implement	
   the	
  
Company’s	
   business	
   strategy	
   effectively;	
   political	
   and	
  
general	
   economic	
   conditions;	
   the	
   ability	
   to	
   attract	
   and	
  
retain	
   key	
   personnel;	
   raw	
   material	
   and	
   labour	
   costs;	
  
fluctuations	
  in	
  the	
  US	
  and	
  Canadian	
  dollar	
  exchange	
  rates;	
  
accounts	
  receivable	
  risk;	
  the	
  ability	
  to	
  generate	
  capital	
  or	
  
maintain	
   liquidity	
   and	
   credit	
   agreements	
   necessary	
   to	
  
fund	
  future	
  operations,	
  and	
  other	
  risks	
  and	
  uncertainties	
  
described	
   under	
   the	
   heading	
   “Risk	
   Factors”	
  
in	
   the	
  
Company’s	
   most	
   recent	
   Annual	
   Information	
   Form	
   and	
  
elsewhere	
  
in	
   other	
   documents	
   filed	
   with	
   Canadian	
  
provincial	
  securities	
  authorities	
  which	
  are	
  available	
  to	
  the	
  
public	
  at	
  www.sedar.com.	
  

CRITICAL	
  ACCOUNTING	
  ESTIMATES	
  &	
  JUDGEMENTS

is	
   dependent	
   upon	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   financial	
   statements	
   have	
   been	
   prepared	
  
following	
   IFRS.	
   The	
   measurement	
   of	
   certain	
   assets	
   and	
  
future	
   events	
   whose	
  
liabilities	
  
outcome	
   will	
   not	
   be	
   fully	
   known	
   until	
   future	
   periods.	
  
Therefore,	
   the	
   preparation	
   of	
   the	
   financial	
   statements	
  
requires	
   management	
  
and	
  
assumptions	
   that	
   affect	
   the	
   reported	
   amounts	
   of	
   assets,	
  
liabilities,	
   revenues	
   and	
   expenses.	
   Such	
   estimates	
   and	
  
assumptions	
   have	
   been	
   made	
   using	
   careful	
   judgments,	
  
which	
   in	
   management’s	
   opinion,	
   are	
   reasonable	
   and	
  
conform	
  to	
  the	
  significant	
  accounting	
  policies	
  summarized	
  
in	
   the	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements.	
   Actual	
   results	
  
may	
  vary	
  from	
  those	
  estimated.	
  

to	
   make	
  

estimates	
  

Impairment	
  

The	
   Company	
   assesses	
   impairment	
   at	
   each	
   reporting	
  
period	
   by	
   evaluating	
   the	
   circumstances	
   specific	
   to	
   the	
  
organization	
  that	
  may	
  lead	
  to	
  an	
  impairment	
  of	
  assets.	
  	
  In	
  
addition	
   to	
   the	
   quarterly	
   assessment,	
   the	
   Company	
   also	
  
performs	
   an	
   annual	
   impairment	
   test	
   on	
   goodwill	
   and	
  

Environmental	
  risks	
  	
  

To	
   conduct	
   business	
   operations,	
   the	
   Company	
   owns	
   or	
  
leases	
   properties	
   and	
   is	
   subject	
   to	
   environmental	
   risks	
  
due	
  to	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  chemicals	
  in	
  the	
  manufacturing	
  process.	
  	
  
This	
   risk	
   is	
   limited	
   to	
   exposure	
   post	
   acquisition	
   for	
  
properties	
   obtained	
   through	
   the	
   Xerxes	
   and	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
  
acquisitions	
  as	
  the	
  purchase	
  agreements	
  hold	
  the	
  vendors	
  
responsible	
  
issues	
   pre	
   ZCL	
  
ownership.	
   	
   With	
   the	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   acquisition,	
   phase	
   two	
  
assessments	
   were	
   undertaken	
   and,	
   as	
   a	
   result,	
   the	
  
Company	
   is	
   aware	
   of	
   environmental	
   liabilities	
   on	
   two	
   of	
  
the	
   properties.	
   	
   These	
   properties	
   are	
   in	
   the	
   process	
   of	
  
being	
   remediated	
   by	
   the	
   vendor,	
   therefore,	
   no	
   clean-­‐up	
  
costs	
  have	
  been	
  accrued	
  in	
  these	
  financial	
  statements.	
  	
  	
  

for	
   any	
   environmental	
  

ZCL	
   manages	
   its	
   environmental	
   risks	
   by	
   appropriately	
  
dealing	
   with	
   chemicals	
   and	
   waste	
   material	
  
in	
   an	
  
environmentally	
   safe	
   manner	
   and	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
  
In	
   addition,	
   the	
  
known	
   regulatory	
   requirements.	
  
Company	
   has	
   a	
   Safety,	
   Health	
   and	
   Environment	
  
Committee	
   that	
   meets	
   regularly	
   to	
   review	
   and	
   monitor	
  
related	
  issues,	
  compliance,	
  risks	
  and	
  mitigation	
  strategies.	
  	
  
However,	
  there	
  can	
  be	
  no	
  absolute	
  assurance	
  that	
  specific	
  
environmental	
  incidents	
  will	
  not	
  impact	
  ZCL	
  operations	
  in	
  
the	
  future.	
  	
  	
  

The	
   Company	
   elects	
   to	
   self-­‐insure	
   against	
   risk	
   of	
  
environmental	
   contamination	
   at	
   its	
   production	
   facilities	
  
as	
  it	
  has	
  determined	
  the	
  risk	
  to	
  be	
  low.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  is	
  
not	
   aware	
   of	
   any	
   unrecorded	
   material	
   environmental	
  
exposures	
  other	
  than	
  the	
  items	
  noted	
  above.	
  

certain	
   intangible	
   assets	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
   IAS	
   36	
   –	
  
“Impairment	
  of	
  Assets”.	
  	
  	
  

Where	
   indicators	
   of	
   impairment	
   exist,	
   and	
   annually	
   for	
  
goodwill	
   and	
   certain	
   intangible	
   assets,	
   the	
   recoverable	
  
amount	
   of	
   the	
   asset	
   or	
   group	
   of	
   assets	
   (cash	
   generating	
  
units)	
   is	
   compared	
   against	
   the	
   carrying	
   amount.	
   	
   Any	
  
excess	
   in	
   the	
   carrying	
   amount	
   over	
   the	
   recoverable	
  
amount	
   will	
   be	
   recognized	
   as	
   an	
   impairment	
   loss	
   in	
   the	
  
income	
   statement.	
   The	
   recoverable	
   amount	
   is	
   calculated	
  
as	
   the	
   higher	
   of	
   the	
   assets’	
   (or	
   group	
   of	
   assets)	
   value	
   in	
  
use	
  or	
  fair	
  value	
  less	
  cost	
  to	
  sell.	
  The	
  actual	
  growth	
  rates	
  
and	
   other	
   estimates	
   used	
   in	
   the	
   determination	
   of	
   fair	
  
values	
   at	
   the	
   time	
   of	
  
impairment	
   tests	
   may	
   vary	
  
materially	
  from	
  those	
  realized	
  in	
  future	
  periods.	
  

15	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment,	
   intangible	
   assets	
   and	
  
goodwill	
  	
  

tested	
  

lives	
   are	
   recorded	
   at	
   cost	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  with	
  
less	
   accumulated	
  
finite	
  
amortization.	
  Goodwill	
  and	
  indefinite	
  life	
  intangible	
  assets	
  
are	
   recorded	
   at	
   cost.	
   The	
   unamortized	
   balances,	
   or	
  
carrying	
   values,	
   are	
   regularly	
   reviewed	
   for	
   recoverability	
  
impairment	
   whenever	
   events	
   or	
  
or	
  
circumstances	
   indicate	
   that	
   these	
   amounts	
   exceed	
   their	
  
fair	
   values.	
   The	
   valuation	
   of	
   these	
   assets	
   is	
   based	
   on	
  
estimated	
   future	
   net	
   cash	
   flows,	
   taking	
   into	
   account	
  
current	
   and	
   future	
   industry	
   and	
   other	
   conditions.	
   An	
  
impairment	
  loss	
  would	
  be	
  recognized	
  for	
  the	
  amount	
  that	
  
the	
  carrying	
  value	
  exceeds	
  the	
  fair	
  value.	
  

for	
  

Amortization	
   of	
   property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   and	
  
intangible	
  assets	
  with	
  finite	
  lives	
  is	
  based	
  on	
  estimates	
  of	
  
the	
   useful	
   lives	
   of	
   the	
   assets.	
   The	
   useful	
   lives	
   are	
  
estimated,	
   and	
   a	
   method	
   of	
   amortization	
   is	
   selected	
   at	
  
the	
   time	
   the	
   assets	
   are	
   initially	
   acquired	
   and	
   then	
   re-­‐
evaluated	
  each	
  reporting	
  period.	
  	
  

Judgment	
   is	
   required	
   to	
   determine	
   whether	
   events	
   or	
  
circumstances	
  warrant	
  a	
  revision	
  to	
  the	
  remaining	
  periods	
  
of	
   amortization.	
   The	
   estimates	
   of	
   cash	
   flows	
   used	
   to	
  
assess	
   the	
   potential	
   impairment	
   of	
   these	
   assets	
   are	
  
subject	
  to	
  measurement	
  uncertainty.	
  A	
  significant	
  change	
  
in	
   these	
   estimates	
   and	
   judgments	
   could	
   result	
   in	
   a	
  
material	
   change	
   to	
   amortization	
   expense	
   or	
   impairment	
  
charges.	
  	
  

Allowance	
  for	
  Doubtful	
  Accounts	
  	
  

receivable	
   balance	
  

is	
   a	
  
The	
   Company’s	
   accounts	
  
significant	
   portion	
   of	
   overall	
   assets.	
   Credit	
   is	
   spread	
  
among	
   many	
   customers	
   and	
   the	
   Company	
   has	
   not	
  
experienced	
   significant	
   accounts	
   receivable	
   collection	
  
problems	
   in	
   the	
   past.	
   The	
   Company	
   performs	
   ongoing	
  
credit	
   evaluations	
   and	
   maintains	
   allowances	
   for	
   doubtful	
  
accounts,	
  based	
  on	
  the	
  assessment	
  of	
  individual	
  customer	
  
receivable	
   balances,	
   credit	
   information,	
   past	
   collection	
  
history	
  and	
  the	
  overall	
  financial	
  strength	
  of	
  customers.	
  A	
  
change	
   in	
   these	
   factors	
   could	
   impact	
   the	
   estimated	
  
allowance	
  and	
  the	
  provision	
  for	
  bad	
  debts	
  recorded	
  in	
  the	
  
accounts.	
  The	
  actual	
  collection	
  of	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  and	
  
the	
   resulting	
   bad	
   debts	
   may	
   differ	
   from	
   the	
   estimated	
  
allowance	
   for	
   doubtful	
   accounts	
   and	
   the	
   difference	
   may	
  
be	
  material.	
  

Self-­‐insured	
  Liabilities	
  

The	
  Company	
  self-­‐insures	
  certain	
  risks	
  related	
  to	
  pollution	
  
protection	
   provided	
   on	
   certain	
   product	
   sales,	
   general	
  
liability	
   claims	
   and	
   patent	
   infringement	
   through	
   Radigan	
  
Insurance	
   Inc.,	
   its	
   captive	
   insurance	
   company.	
  
	
   The	
  
provision	
   for	
   self-­‐insured	
   liabilities	
   includes	
   estimates	
   of	
  

the	
   costs	
   of	
   reported	
   and	
   expected	
   claims	
   based	
   on	
  
estimates	
   of	
   loss	
   using	
   assumptions	
   determined	
   by	
   a	
  
certified	
   loss	
   reserve	
   analyst.	
   The	
   actual	
   costs	
   of	
   claims	
  
may	
   vary	
   from	
   those	
   estimates,	
   and	
   the	
   difference	
   may	
  
be	
  material.	
  	
  	
  As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  Company	
  has	
  
set	
   aside	
   restricted	
   cash	
   of	
   $0.3	
   million	
   US	
   ($0.3	
   million	
  
Canadian)	
  for	
  such	
  claims.	
  

Warranties	
  

The	
  Company	
  generally	
  warrants	
  its	
  products	
  for	
  a	
  period	
  
of	
   one	
   year	
   after	
   sale,	
   and	
   for	
   up	
   to	
   thirty	
   years	
   for	
  
corrosion,	
   if	
   the	
   products	
   are	
   properly	
   installed	
   and	
   are	
  
used	
   solely	
   for	
   storage	
   of	
   listed	
   liquids.	
   The	
   Company	
  
markets	
   a	
   storage	
   system	
   under	
  
the	
   Prezerver™	
  
trademark	
   that	
   carries	
   an	
   enhanced	
   protection	
   program.	
  	
  
In	
  Canada,	
  the	
  Prezerver	
  system	
  includes	
  an	
  enhanced	
  ten	
  
year	
  limited	
  warranty	
  covering	
  product	
  replacement,	
  third	
  
party	
   pollution	
   protection,	
   site	
   clean-­‐up	
   and	
   defence	
  
costs	
   up	
   to	
   the	
   limits	
   allowed	
   under	
   the	
   warranty.	
   Until	
  
December	
   1,	
   2006,	
   the	
   Canadian	
   Prezerver	
   program	
   was	
  
insurance	
   underwritten	
   by	
   a	
   major	
  
covered	
   by	
  
international	
   insurer.	
   Effective,	
   December	
   1,	
   2006,	
   the	
  
Company	
  formed	
  its	
  own	
  insurance	
  captive	
  to	
  insure	
  the	
  
Prezerver	
  program.	
  No	
  claims	
  have	
  been	
  registered	
  since	
  
the	
  Prezerver	
  program’s	
  inception	
  in	
  1996.	
  Additionally,	
  a	
  
number	
   of	
   component	
   materials	
   and	
   parts	
   are	
   similarly	
  
warranted	
   by	
   their	
   manufacturers,	
   thereby	
   reducing	
   the	
  
Company’s	
  exposure	
  to	
  warranty	
  claims.	
  

The	
  Company	
  also	
  began	
  marketing	
  the	
  Prezerver	
  system	
  
in	
   the	
   US	
   in	
   2008.	
   Under	
   this	
   program,	
   the	
   customer	
   is	
  
offered	
   a	
   ten	
   year	
   non-­‐cancellable	
   master	
   program	
   of	
  
insurance	
   by	
   a	
   third	
   party	
   insurance	
   provider	
   which	
  
covers	
   third	
   party	
   property	
   damage,	
   onsite	
   cleanup	
   of	
  
pollution	
  
costs	
   and	
   product	
  
warranty/replacement	
   up	
   to	
   limits	
   allowed	
   under	
   the	
  
policy.	
   The	
   tank	
   warranty/replacement	
   portion	
   of	
   the	
  
insurance	
  
is	
   reinsured	
   by	
   the	
   third	
   party	
  
coverage	
  
provider	
  to	
  ZCL’s	
  insurance	
  captive.	
  

conditions,	
   defence	
  

The	
  Company	
  provides	
  for	
  warranty	
  obligations	
  based	
  on	
  
a	
   review	
   of	
   products	
   sold	
   and	
   historical	
   warranty	
   costs	
  
experienced.	
  	
  Provisions	
  for	
  warranty	
  costs	
  are	
  charged	
  to	
  
manufacturing	
   and	
   selling	
   costs	
   and	
   revisions	
   to	
   the	
  
estimated	
  provision	
  are	
  charged	
  to	
  earnings	
  in	
  the	
  period	
  
in	
   which	
   they	
   occur.	
   While	
   the	
   Company	
   maintains	
   high	
  
quality	
   standards	
   and	
   has	
   a	
   limited	
   history	
   of	
   liability	
   or	
  
warranty	
   problems	
   under	
   its	
   standard	
   warranties	
   or	
  
Prezerver	
   programs,	
   there	
   can	
   be	
   no	
   guarantee	
   that	
   the	
  
warranty	
   provision	
   recorded,	
   self-­‐insurance	
   provided	
   by	
  
ZCL's	
  captive	
  insurance	
  company	
  or	
  third	
  party	
  insurance	
  
will	
   be	
   sufficient	
   to	
   cover	
   all	
   potential	
   claims.	
   The	
   actual	
  
costs	
   of	
   warranties	
   may	
   vary	
   from	
   those	
   estimated,	
   and	
  
the	
  difference	
  may	
  be	
  material.	
  

16	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

CHANGES	
  IN	
  ACCOUNTING	
  POLICIES	
  INCLUDING	
  INITIAL	
  ADOPTION	
  

As	
   discussed	
   in	
   the	
   introduction	
   to	
   the	
   MD&A,	
   these	
   are	
  
financial	
  
the	
   Company’s	
  
statements	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
  
prepared	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  IFRS.	
  

first	
   annual	
   consolidated	
  

The	
   accounting	
   policies	
   in	
   note	
   3	
   to	
   the	
   consolidated	
  
financial	
   statements	
   have	
   been	
   applied	
   in	
   preparing	
   the	
  
year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   statement	
   of	
   income	
  
(loss)	
  and	
  the	
  comparative	
  information	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  
December	
   31,	
   2010.	
   	
   The	
   policies	
   were	
   also	
   used	
   in	
   the	
  
preparation	
   of	
   the	
   balance	
   sheets	
   presented	
   for	
   the	
  
opening	
  IFRS	
  balance	
  sheet	
  date	
  on	
  the	
  transition	
  date	
  of	
  
January	
  1,	
  2010,	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  and	
  
the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  

IFRS	
  1:	
  “First	
  time	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS”	
  

IFRS	
  1	
  sets	
  forth	
  guidance	
  for	
  the	
  initial	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  	
  
Under	
  IFRS	
  1,	
  the	
  standards	
  are	
  applied	
  retrospectively	
  at	
  
the	
   transition	
   date	
   with	
   all	
   adjustments	
   to	
   assets	
   and	
  
liabilities	
   taken	
   to	
   retained	
   earnings	
   unless	
   certain	
  
mandatory	
   exemptions	
   and	
   optional	
   exemptions	
   are	
  
applied.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  elected	
  to	
  apply	
  the	
  following	
  IFRS	
  
1	
   optional	
   exemptions.	
   	
   Readers	
   should	
   refer	
   to	
   note	
   28	
  
of	
   the	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   for	
   a	
   full	
  
reconciliation	
  of	
  the	
  effects	
  the	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS	
  had	
  on	
  

SUMMARY	
  OF	
  SIGNIFICANT	
  IFRS	
  RE-­‐MEASUREMENTS	
  

With	
   the	
   transition	
   to	
   IFRS	
   on	
   January	
   1,	
   2010,	
   certain	
  
balances	
   were	
   re-­‐measured	
   according	
   to	
   the	
   guidance	
  
provided	
   in	
   IFRS	
   that	
   resulted	
   in	
   significant	
   differences	
  
from	
   the	
   measurements	
   previously	
   reported	
   under	
  
previous	
   GAAP.	
   	
   Discussed	
   below	
   is	
   a	
   summary	
   of	
   the	
  
significant	
  IFRS	
  re-­‐measurements	
  and	
  their	
  impact	
  on	
  the	
  
January	
   1,	
   2010	
   and	
   December	
   31,	
   2010	
   balance	
   sheets	
  
relative	
  to	
  previous	
  GAAP.	
  

Impairment	
  of	
  intangible	
  assets	
  

As	
   previously	
   disclosed	
   in	
   the	
   September	
   30,	
   2010	
   and	
  
December	
  31,	
  2010	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  and	
  
MD&A,	
   the	
   Company	
   conducted	
   an	
   impairment	
   test	
   on	
  
the	
   intangible	
   assets	
   relating	
   to	
   ZCL	
   Dualam.	
   	
   Using	
   the	
  
guidance	
   available	
   under	
   previous	
   GAAP,	
   the	
   customer	
  
relationships,	
   trade	
   names	
   and	
   non-­‐patented	
   technology	
  
intangible	
   assets	
   were	
   not	
   considered	
   impaired	
   as	
   their	
  
expected	
   undiscounted	
   cash-­‐flows	
   (recoverability	
   test)	
  
exceeded	
  their	
  carrying	
  value	
  as	
  at	
  September	
  30,	
  2010.	
  

the	
   comparative	
   statements	
   of	
   comprehensive	
   income	
  
(loss)	
  and	
  balance	
  sheets.	
  

a) 

IFRS	
   3:	
   “Business	
   Combinations”	
   has	
   not	
   been	
  
applied	
  retrospectively	
  to	
  acquisitions	
  of	
  subsidiaries	
  
prior	
  to	
  the	
  transition	
  date	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  

b)  Certain	
   parcels	
   of	
   land	
   grouped	
   in	
   with	
   property,	
  
plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  have	
  been	
  adjusted	
  to	
  their	
  fair	
  
value	
   based	
   on	
  
land	
   valuations	
   performed	
   by	
  
external	
  land	
  valuators.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  has	
  elected	
  to	
  
regard	
   those	
   fair	
   values	
   as	
   deemed	
   cost	
   at	
   the	
   date	
  
of	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS.	
  

c)  The	
   Company	
   has	
   elected	
   not	
  

to	
  

reassess	
  
arrangements	
   under	
   IFRS	
   Interpretations	
   Committee	
  
(“IFRIC”)	
   4:	
   “Determining	
   Whether	
   an	
   Arrangement	
  
Contains	
  a	
  Lease”	
  that	
  were	
  assessed	
  under	
  previous	
  
GAAP	
  in	
  the	
  same	
  manner	
  as	
  required	
  by	
  IFRIC	
  4	
  and	
  
to	
  apply	
  the	
  transitional	
  provision	
  in	
  IFRIC	
  4	
  to	
  those	
  
that	
  were	
  not.	
  
IFRS	
  2:	
  “Share-­‐based	
  Payments”	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  applied	
  
retrospectively	
   for	
   stock	
   options	
   that	
   had	
   vested	
  
prior	
  to	
  the	
  transition	
  date.	
  

d) 

loss	
   of	
   $4.1	
   million.	
  

The	
   impairment	
   test	
   under	
   IFRS	
   requires	
   the	
   use	
   of	
   a	
  
discounted	
  cash	
  flow	
  forecast	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  estimate	
  the	
  fair	
  
value	
   of	
   the	
   intangible	
   assets.	
   	
   This	
   fair	
   value	
   is	
   then	
  
compared	
   to	
   the	
   carrying	
   amount	
   as	
   at	
   September	
   30,	
  
2010.	
  	
  The	
  IFRS	
  impairment	
  test	
  resulted	
  in	
  an	
  additional	
  
impairment	
  
	
   Subsequent	
   to	
  
September	
  30,	
  2010,	
  the	
  lower	
  carrying	
  amount	
  resulted	
  
impaired	
  
in	
   reduced	
   depreciation	
   expense	
   on	
   the	
  
intangible	
  assets	
  of	
  $0.1	
  million	
  for	
  the	
  remainder	
  of	
  the	
  
year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010.	
  	
  The	
  net	
  reduction	
  of	
  the	
  
carrying	
   amount	
   of	
   intangible	
   assets	
   as	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
  
in	
   the	
  
2010	
   was	
   $3.9	
   million	
   due	
   to	
   the	
   changes	
  
impairment	
  testing	
  under	
  IFRS.	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  

As	
   discussed	
   in	
   the	
   “Changes	
   in	
   Significant	
   Accounting	
  
Policies”	
   section	
   of	
   the	
   MD&A,	
   upon	
   transition	
   to	
   IFRS,	
  
the	
   Company	
   elected	
   to	
   use	
   the	
   fair	
   value	
   of	
   certain	
  
parcels	
  of	
  land	
  as	
  their	
  deemed	
  cost	
  as	
  allowed	
  under	
  the	
  
IFRS	
   1.	
   	
   This	
   resulted	
   in	
   an	
   increase	
   of	
   $2.7	
   million	
   of	
  
property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   with	
   the	
   corresponding	
  
adjustment	
   recorded	
  
in	
   opening	
   equity	
   as	
   at	
   the	
  
transition	
  date.	
  

17	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

Translation	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
  

Under	
   previous	
   GAAP,	
   the	
   Parabeam	
   Industries	
   BV,	
  
Radigan	
   Insurance	
   Inc.	
   and	
   certain	
   US	
   based	
   subsidiaries	
  
of	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   were	
   considered	
   to	
   be	
   integrated	
   foreign	
  
operations	
  within	
  the	
  ZCL	
  Composites	
  consolidated	
  group	
  
of	
   companies.	
   	
   The	
   financial	
   statements	
   of	
   these	
   foreign	
  
based	
   subsidiaries	
   were	
   translated	
   using	
   the	
   temporal	
  
method,	
   which	
   required	
   the	
   translation	
   of	
   monetary	
  
assets	
   and	
  
liabilities	
   of	
   the	
   foreign	
   subsidiaries	
   to	
  
Canadian	
  dollars	
  using	
  the	
  closing	
  rate	
  on	
  each	
  reporting	
  
date.	
   	
   The	
   non-­‐monetary	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities	
   of	
   these	
  
subsidiaries	
   were	
   carried	
   at	
   their	
   historical	
   Canadian	
  
dollar	
   cost	
   and	
   not	
   translated	
   to	
   the	
   reporting	
   currency	
  
(Canadian	
  dollars)	
  at	
  the	
  current	
  rates.	
  

Under	
  IFRS,	
  the	
  functional	
  currency	
  of	
  these	
  entities	
  was	
  
assessed	
   using	
   the	
   guidance	
   available	
   in	
   IAS	
   21:	
   “The	
  
Effects	
   of	
   Changes	
   in	
   Foreign	
   Exchange	
   Rates”.	
   	
   The	
  
functional	
  currencies	
  of	
  these	
  entities	
  was	
  determined	
  to	
  
be	
   the	
   domestic	
   currencies,	
   therefore	
   the	
   financial	
  

CONTROLS	
  AND	
  PROCEDURES	
  

statements	
  of	
  these	
  subsidiaries	
  are	
  now	
  being	
  translated	
  
using	
   the	
   current	
   rate	
   method.	
   	
   Under	
   the	
   current	
   rate	
  
method	
   all	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities	
   of	
   the	
   subsidiaries	
   are	
  
translated	
   at	
   the	
   closing	
   rate	
   in	
   effect	
   at	
   the	
   reporting	
  
period.	
  

The	
   primary	
   impact	
   of	
   changing	
   from	
   the	
   temporal	
   rate	
  
method	
  to	
  the	
  current	
  rate	
  method	
  for	
  these	
  entities	
  was	
  
the	
  impact	
  on	
  the	
  carrying	
  amount	
  of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  
in	
   Canadian	
   dollars	
   and	
   the	
   cumulative	
  
equipment	
  
translation	
   adjustment	
   which	
  
forms	
   part	
   of	
   other	
  
comprehensive	
  income.	
  	
  As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010,	
  the	
  impact	
  
was	
   not	
   significant,	
   however	
   as	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2010,	
  
the	
   impact	
   of	
   this	
   change	
   resulted	
   in	
   a	
   reduction	
   in	
   the	
  
carrying	
   value	
   of	
   property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   of	
   $0.2	
  
million	
   and	
   an	
  
in	
   the	
   accumulated	
   other	
  
comprehensive	
  loss	
  of	
  $0.3	
  million	
  when	
  compared	
  to	
  the	
  
December	
   31,	
   2010	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
  
released	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP.	
  

increase	
  

Disclosure	
  Controls	
  and	
  Procedures	
  

Internal	
  Controls	
  over	
  Financial	
  Reporting	
  (“ICFR”)	
  

Disclosure	
   controls	
   and	
   procedures	
   are	
   designed	
   to	
  
provide	
  reasonable	
  assurance	
  that	
  material	
  information	
  is	
  
gathered	
   and	
   reported	
   to	
   senior	
   management,	
   including	
  
the	
  Chief	
  Executive	
  Officer	
  (“CEO”)	
  and	
  the	
  Chief	
  Financial	
  
Officer	
   (“CFO”)	
   of	
   ZCL	
   on	
   a	
   timely	
   basis	
   so	
   that	
  
appropriate	
   decisions	
   can	
   be	
   made	
   regarding	
   public	
  
disclosure.	
   In	
   accordance	
   with	
   National	
   Instrument	
   52-­‐
109:	
   “Certification	
   of	
   Disclosure	
   in	
   Issuers’	
   Annual	
   and	
  
Interim	
   Filings”,	
   the	
   CEO	
   and	
   CFO	
   have	
   evaluated	
   the	
  
effectiveness	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
   disclosure	
   controls	
   and	
  
procedures	
   as	
   of	
   the	
   period	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011.	
  
Based	
   on	
   that	
   evaluation,	
   the	
   CEO	
   and	
   CFO	
   have	
  
concluded	
   that	
   the	
   disclosure	
   control	
   procedures	
   are	
  
effective	
   and	
   provide	
   reasonable	
   assurance	
   that:	
   (a)	
  
information	
   required	
   to	
   be	
   disclosed	
   by	
   the	
   Company	
   in	
  
its	
   quarterly	
   interim	
   filings	
   or	
   other	
   reports	
   filed	
   and	
  
submitted	
   under	
   applicable	
   securities	
  
is	
  
recorded,	
  processed,	
  summarized	
  and	
  reported	
  within	
  the	
  
prescribed	
   time	
   periods,	
   and	
   (b)	
   material	
   information	
  
regarding	
  
and	
  
communicated	
  to	
  management,	
  including	
  its	
  CEO	
  and	
  CFO	
  
in	
  a	
  timely	
  manner.	
  

accumulated	
  

legislation	
  

Company	
  

the	
  

is	
  

Management	
  has	
  evaluated	
  whether	
  there	
  were	
  changes	
  
in	
  the	
  Company’s	
  ICFR	
  during	
  the	
  period	
  ended	
  December	
  
31,	
  2011	
  that	
  have	
  materially	
  affected,	
  or	
  are	
  reasonably	
  
likely	
   to	
   materially	
   affect,	
   the	
   Company’s	
  
ICFR.	
   No	
  
material	
   changes	
   were	
   identified.	
   	
   There	
   were	
   also	
   no	
  
material	
   weaknesses	
   relating	
   to	
   the	
   design	
   of	
   ICFR	
   at	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011	
   and	
   no	
   limitations	
   on	
   the	
   scope	
   of	
  
design	
  of	
  ICFRs.	
  

While	
   management	
   of	
   the	
   Company	
   have	
   evaluated	
   the	
  
effectiveness	
   of	
   disclosure	
   controls	
   and	
   procedures	
   and	
  
ICFR	
   as	
   of	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   and	
   have	
   concluded	
   that	
  
these	
   controls	
   and	
   procedures	
   are	
   being	
   maintained	
   as	
  
designed,	
   they	
   expect	
   that	
   the	
   disclosure	
   controls	
   and	
  
procedures	
  and	
  ICFR	
  may	
  not	
  prevent	
  all	
  errors	
  and	
  fraud.	
  
A	
   control	
   system,	
   no	
   matter	
   how	
   well	
   conceived	
   or	
  
operated,	
   can	
   only	
   provide	
   reasonable,	
   not	
   absolute	
  
assurance	
   that	
   the	
   objectives	
   of	
   the	
   control	
   system	
   are	
  
met.	
  

18	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management's	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

TRANSACTIONS	
  WITH	
  RELATED	
  PARTIES

components	
   purchased	
  

Certain	
   manufacturing	
  
for	
  
$30,000	
   (2010	
   -­‐	
   $82,000)	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
  
31,	
   2011,	
   included	
   in	
   manufacturing	
   and	
   selling	
   costs	
   in	
  
the	
   consolidated	
   statements	
   of	
   income	
   or	
   inventories	
  
were	
  provided	
  by	
  a	
  corporation	
  whose	
  Chairman	
  and	
  CEO	
  
is	
   a	
   director	
   of	
   the	
   Company.	
   The	
   transactions	
   were	
  
incurred	
  in	
  the	
  normal	
  course	
  of	
  operations	
  and	
  recorded	
  

OUTSTANDING	
  SHARE	
  DATA	
  

As	
   at	
   March	
   7,	
   2012,	
   there	
   were	
   28,802,020	
   common	
  
shares	
   and	
   2,207,498	
   share	
   options	
   outstanding.	
   Of	
   the	
  
options	
   outstanding,	
   747,469	
   are	
   currently	
   exercisable	
  
into	
  common	
  shares.	
  	
  	
  

OTHER	
  INFORMATION

Additional	
  information	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  Company,	
  including	
  
the	
   Annual	
   Information	
   Form	
   (AIF),	
   is	
   filed	
   on	
   SEDAR	
   at	
  
www.sedar.com.	
  

NON-­‐IFRS	
  MEASURES

The	
   Company	
   uses	
   both	
   IFRS	
   and	
   non-­‐IFRS	
   measures	
   to	
  
make	
  strategic	
  decisions	
  and	
  set	
  targets	
  and	
  believes	
  that	
  
these	
   non-­‐IFRS	
   measures	
   provide	
   useful	
   supplemental	
  
information	
  to	
  investors.	
  	
  EBITDA,	
  gross	
  profit,	
  cash	
  from	
  
operations,	
   working	
   capital,	
   net	
   debt	
   and	
   backlog	
   are	
  
measures	
   used	
   by	
   the	
   Company	
   that	
   do	
   not	
   have	
   a	
  
standardized	
  meaning	
  prescribed	
  by	
  IFRS	
  and	
  may	
  not	
  be	
  
comparable	
  to	
  similar	
  measures	
  used	
  by	
  other	
  companies.	
  
Included	
  below	
  are	
  tables	
  calculating	
  or	
  reconciling	
  these	
  
non-­‐IFRS	
  measures	
  where	
  applicable.	
  	
  

Gross	
  profit	
  is	
  defined	
  as	
  revenue	
  less	
  manufacturing	
  and	
  
selling	
   costs.	
   Manufacturing	
   and	
   selling	
   costs	
   include	
  
direct	
   materials	
   and	
  
fixed	
  
manufacturing	
   overhead	
   and	
   marketing	
   and	
   selling	
  
expenses	
   and	
   exclude	
   depreciation,	
   general	
   and	
  
administration	
  and	
  financing	
  expenses.	
  

labour,	
   variable	
   and	
  

EBITDA	
   is	
   defined	
   as	
   income	
   from	
   continuing	
   operations	
  
income	
   taxes,	
   share-­‐based	
  
before	
   finance	
   expense,	
  
payments,	
  depreciation	
  on	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  

at	
   the	
   exchange	
   amount	
   being	
   normal	
   commercial	
   rates	
  
for	
  the	
  products.	
  Accounts	
  payable	
  and	
  accrued	
  liabilities	
  
at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   included	
   $nil	
   (2010	
   -­‐	
   $13,000)	
  
owing	
   to	
   the	
   corporation.	
   There	
   are	
   no	
   ongoing	
  
contractual	
   or	
   other	
   commitments	
   resulting	
   from	
   these	
  
transactions.

On	
  January	
  4,	
  2010,	
  1,078,948	
  preferred	
  shares	
  with	
  a	
  
redemption	
  value	
  of	
  $5.1	
  million	
  were	
  issued	
  by	
  a	
  
subsidiary	
  of	
  the	
  Company.	
  These	
  preferred	
  shares	
  have	
  a	
  
term	
  of	
  five	
  years	
  and	
  a	
  dividend	
  rate	
  of	
  4.4%.	
  In	
  years	
  
two	
  to	
  five,	
  these	
  preferred	
  shares	
  are	
  redeemable	
  by	
  the	
  
Company	
  for	
  cash	
  at	
  $4.75	
  per	
  share	
  or	
  exchangeable	
  by	
  
the	
  vendor	
  for	
  common	
  shares	
  on	
  a	
  one	
  to	
  one	
  basis.

deferred	
   development	
   costs	
   and	
   intangible	
   assets,	
   gains	
  
or	
   losses	
   on	
   sale	
   of	
   property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment,	
  
impairment	
  of	
  assets,	
  and	
  costs	
  not	
  expected	
  to	
  recur	
  on	
  
a	
  regular	
  basis.	
  Readers	
  are	
  cautioned	
  that	
  EBITDA	
  should	
  
not	
   be	
   construed	
   as	
   an	
   alternative	
   to	
   net	
   income	
   as	
  
determined	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  IFRS.	
  

Cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  is	
  defined	
  as	
  cash	
  flows	
  
from	
   operating	
   activities	
   before	
   changes	
   in	
   non-­‐cash	
  
working	
   capital.	
   	
   Working	
   capital	
   is	
   defined	
   as	
   current	
  
assets	
  less	
  current	
  liabilities.	
  	
  Net	
  debt	
  is	
  defined	
  as	
  long	
  
including	
   current	
   portion,	
   plus	
   bank	
  
term	
   debt,	
  
indebtedness,	
   less	
   cash	
   and	
   cash	
   equivalents.	
   	
   Preferred	
  
shares	
   are	
   not	
   a	
   component	
   of	
   net	
   debt.	
   Backlog	
   is	
  
defined	
   as	
   the	
   total	
   value	
   of	
   orders	
   that	
   have	
   not	
   yet	
  
been	
   included	
   in	
   revenue	
   and	
   that	
   management	
   has	
  
assessed	
   as	
   having	
   a	
   high	
   certainty	
   of	
   being	
   performed	
  
because	
  of	
  the	
  existence	
  of	
  a	
  contract	
  or	
  purchase	
  order	
  
specifying	
  the	
  scope,	
  value	
  and	
  timing	
  of	
  an	
  order.	
  

19	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management’s	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

RECONCILIATION	
  OF	
  NON-­‐IFRS	
  MEASURES	
  

The	
  following	
  table	
  presents	
  the	
  calculation	
  of	
  gross	
  profit	
  and	
  gross	
  profit	
  as	
  a	
  percentage	
  of	
  revenue.	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Revenue	
  
Manufacturing	
  and	
  selling	
  costs	
  
	
  Gross	
  profit	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  Ended	
  
December	
  31	
  

2011	
  

$	
  
37,716	
  
31,528	
  
6,188	
  

2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
35,028	
  
32,245	
  
2,783	
  

2011	
  

$	
  
127,046	
  
107,592	
  
19,454	
  

Year	
  Ended	
  
December	
  31	
  
2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
121,574	
  
109,916	
  
11,658	
  

2009	
  
(Note	
  1)	
  
$	
  
103,153	
  
86,068	
  
17,085	
  

	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  Gross	
  profit	
  as	
  a	
  %	
  of	
  revenue	
  
Note	
  1:	
  For	
  comparative	
  periods	
  prior	
  to	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  (IFRS	
  transition	
  date),	
  the	
  financial	
  information	
  presented	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  restated	
  to	
  reflect	
  
the	
  Company’s	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  

15%	
  

16%	
  

10%	
  

8%	
  

17%	
  

The	
  following	
  table	
  reconciles	
  net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  IFRS	
  to	
  EBITDA.	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  
Adjustments:	
  

Depreciation	
  

Finance	
  expense	
  

Income	
  tax	
  expense	
  (recovery)	
  
Stock-­‐based	
  compensation	
  
(Gain)	
  loss	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
Impairment	
  of	
  assets	
  
Restructuring,	
  integration	
  and	
  ERP	
  costs2	
  

	
  EBITDA	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  Ended	
  
December	
  31	
  

2011	
  

$	
  
1,840	
  

1,212	
  

256	
  

728	
  
120	
  
16	
  
-­‐	
  
-­‐	
  
4,172	
  

2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
(1,102)	
  

1,149	
  

309	
  

(1,099)	
  
173	
  
-­‐	
  
547	
  
560	
  
537	
  

Year	
  Ended	
  
December	
  31	
  
2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  

(16,700)	
  

4,792	
  

1,363	
  

(3,990)	
  
791	
  
10	
  
14,293	
  
1,980	
  
2,539	
  

2011	
  

$	
  
3,454	
  

4,317	
  

1,272	
  

1,154	
  
508	
  
(356)	
  
-­‐	
  
-­‐	
  
10,349	
  

2009	
  
(Note	
  1)	
  

$	
  
3,635	
  

4,137	
  

501	
  

1,112	
  
393	
  
38	
  
-­‐	
  
-­‐	
  
9,816	
  

10%	
  
	
  	
  	
  	
  %	
  of	
  revenue	
  
Note	
  1:	
  For	
  comparative	
  periods	
  prior	
  to	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  (IFRS	
  transition	
  date),	
  the	
  financial	
  information	
  presented	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  restated	
  to	
  reflect	
  
the	
  Company’s	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  
Note	
  2:	
  	
  Includes	
  costs	
  associated	
  with	
  restructuring	
  and	
  integration	
  activities	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  costs	
  related	
  to	
  the	
  initial	
  implementation	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  
new	
  ERP	
  system.	
  

11%	
  

8%	
  

2%	
  

2%	
  

20	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Management’s	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

The	
  following	
  table	
  presents	
  the	
  calculation	
  of	
  cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations.	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  
Add	
  items	
  not	
  affecting	
  cash:	
  

Depreciation	
  
Future	
  tax	
  expense	
  (recovery)	
  
Gain	
  (loss)	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
Stock-­‐based	
  compensation	
  expense	
  
Impairment	
  of	
  assets	
  
Other	
  

Fourth	
  Quarter	
  Ended	
  
December	
  31	
  

2011	
  

	
  	
  	
  	
  $	
  
1,840	
  

2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
(1,102)	
  

Year	
  Ended	
  
December	
  31	
  
2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
(16,700)	
  

2009	
  
(Note	
  1)	
  
$	
  
3,635	
  

2011	
  

$	
  
3,454	
  

1,212	
  
748	
  
16	
  
120	
  
-­‐	
  
75	
  
4,011	
  

1,149	
  
(333)	
  
-­‐	
  
173	
  
547	
  
1	
  
435	
  

4,317	
  
185	
  
(356)	
  
508	
  
-­‐	
  
309	
  
8,417	
  

4,792	
  
(1,400)	
  
10	
  
791	
  
13,363	
  
35	
  
891	
  

4,137	
  
(385)	
  
38	
  
393	
  
-­‐	
  
15	
  
7,833	
  

Cash	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  
Note	
  1:	
  For	
  comparative	
  periods	
  prior	
  to	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  (IFRS	
  transition	
  date),	
  the	
  financial	
  information	
  presented	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  restated	
  to	
  reflect	
  
the	
  Company’s	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  

The	
  following	
  table	
  presents	
  the	
  calculation	
  of	
  working	
  capital.	
  

As	
  at	
  

	
  	
  	
  2011	
  

December	
  31	
  

2009	
  
(Note	
  1)	
  
$	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
Current	
  assets	
  
Current	
  liabilities	
  
Working	
  capital	
  
Note	
  1:	
  For	
  comparative	
  periods	
  prior	
  to	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  (IFRS	
  transition	
  date),	
  the	
  financial	
  information	
  presented	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  restated	
  to	
  reflect	
  
the	
  Company’s	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  

47,873	
  
24,486	
  
23,387	
  

39,993	
  
16,673	
  
23,320	
  

$	
  

The	
  following	
  table	
  presents	
  the	
  calculation	
  of	
  net	
  debt.	
  

As	
  at	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  (including	
  current	
  portion,	
  excluding	
  preferred	
  shares)	
  
Bank	
  indebtedness	
  
Less:	
  cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  
Net	
  debt	
  
Note	
  1:	
  For	
  comparative	
  periods	
  prior	
  to	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  (IFRS	
  transition	
  date),	
  the	
  financial	
  information	
  presented	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  restated	
  to	
  reflect	
  
the	
  Company’s	
  adoption	
  of	
  IFRS.	
  

$	
  
6,274	
  
-­‐	
  
(1,707)	
  
4,567	
  

5,346	
  
1,477	
  
(2,868)	
  
3,955	
  

	
  	
  	
  2011	
  

December	
  31	
  

2009	
  
(Note	
  1)	
  
$	
  

2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
47,821	
  
30,005	
  
17,816	
  

2010	
  
(restated)	
  
$	
  
11,131	
  
8,565	
  
(2,105)	
  
17,591	
  

21	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
lending	
   standards,	
   volatile	
   capital	
   markets,	
   fluctuating	
  
commodity	
   prices,	
   and	
   other	
   factors	
   could	
   negatively	
  
impact	
   the	
   demand	
   for	
   the	
   Company’s	
   products	
   and	
   the	
  
Company’s	
   ability	
   to	
   grow	
   or	
   sustain	
   revenues	
   and	
  
earnings.	
   Fluctuations	
  
in	
   the	
   US	
   to	
   Canadian	
   dollar	
  
conversion	
   rate	
   also	
   have	
   the	
   potential	
   to	
   impact	
   the	
  
Company’s	
  revenues	
  and	
  earnings.	
  

The	
   Company	
   believes	
   that	
   the	
   expectations	
   reflected	
   in	
  
the	
   forward-­‐looking	
   statements	
   are	
   reasonable,	
   but	
   no	
  
assurance	
  can	
  be	
  given	
  that	
  these	
  expectations	
  will	
  prove	
  
to	
   be	
   correct	
   and	
   such	
   forward-­‐looking	
   statements	
  
included	
  in	
  this	
  report	
  should	
  not	
  be	
  unduly	
  relied	
  upon.	
  

The	
  forward-­‐looking	
  statements	
  in	
  this	
  report	
  speak	
  only	
  
as	
   of	
   the	
   date	
   of	
   this	
   report.	
   The	
   Company	
   does	
   not	
  
undertake	
   to	
   update	
   any	
   forward-­‐looking	
   statement,	
  
whether	
  written	
  or	
  oral,	
  that	
  may	
  be	
  made	
  from	
  time	
  to	
  
time	
   by	
   the	
   Company	
   or	
   on	
   the	
   Company’s	
   behalf,	
  
whether	
  as	
  a	
  result	
  of	
  new	
  information,	
  future	
  events,	
  or	
  
otherwise,	
   except	
   as	
   may	
   be	
   required	
   under	
   applicable	
  
securities	
  
statements	
  
contained	
  in	
  this	
  document	
  are	
  expressly	
  qualified	
  by	
  this	
  
cautionary	
  statement.	
  

forward-­‐looking	
  

laws.	
  

The	
  

Management’s	
  Discussion	
  and	
  Analysis	
  

ADVISORY	
  REGARDING	
  FORWARD-­‐LOOKING	
  STATEMENTS

to	
  

efforts	
  

This	
   document	
   contains	
  
forward-­‐looking	
   statements	
  
under	
   the	
   heading	
   “Outlook”	
   and	
   elsewhere	
   concerning	
  
future	
   events	
   or	
   the	
   Company’s	
   future	
   performance,	
  
including	
   the	
   Company’s	
   objectives	
   or	
   expectations	
   for	
  
revenue	
   and	
   earnings	
   growth,	
  
income	
   taxes	
   as	
   a	
  
percentage	
   of	
   pre-­‐tax	
   income,	
   business	
   opportunities	
   in	
  
Industrial	
  
the	
   Petroleum	
   Products,	
   Water	
   Products,	
  
Corrosion	
  
reduce	
  
Products	
   markets,	
  
administrative	
   and	
   production	
   costs,	
   manage	
   production	
  
levels,	
   anticipated	
   capital	
   expenditure	
   trends,	
   activity	
   in	
  
the	
   petroleum	
   and	
   other	
   industries	
   and	
   markets	
   served	
  
by	
   the	
   Company	
   and	
   the	
   sufficiency	
   of	
   cash	
   flows	
   and	
  
credit	
   facilities	
   available	
   to	
   cover	
   normal	
   operating	
   and	
  
capital	
   expenditures.	
   Forward-­‐looking	
   statements	
   are	
  
often,	
  but	
  not	
  always,	
  identified	
  by	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  words	
  such	
  
as	
   “seek”,	
   “anticipate”,	
   “plan”,	
   “continue”,	
   “estimate”,	
  
“expect”,	
   “may”,	
   “will”,	
   “project”,	
   “predict”,	
   “potential”,	
  
“targeting”,	
  
“should”,	
  
“believe”	
  and	
  similar	
  expressions.	
  Actual	
  events	
  or	
  results	
  
in	
   the	
  
may	
   differ	
   materially	
   from	
   those	
   reflected	
  
Company’s	
   forward-­‐looking	
   statements	
   due	
   to	
   a	
   number	
  
of	
   known	
   and	
   unknown	
   risks,	
   uncertainties	
   and	
   other	
  
factors	
   affecting	
   the	
   Company’s	
   business	
   and	
   the	
  
industries	
  the	
  Company	
  serves	
  generally.	
  	
  

“intend”,	
  

“might”,	
  

“could”,	
  

These	
  factors	
  include,	
  but	
  are	
  not	
  limited	
  to,	
  fluctuations	
  
in	
   the	
   level	
   of	
   capital	
   expenditures	
   in	
   the	
   Petroleum	
  
Industrial	
   Corrosion	
  
Products,	
   Water	
   Products,	
   and	
  
Products	
  markets,	
  drilling	
  activity	
  and	
  oil	
  and	
  natural	
  gas	
  
prices,	
   and	
   other	
   factors	
   that	
   affect	
   demand	
   for	
   the	
  
Company’s	
   products	
   and	
   services,	
   industry	
   competition,	
  
the	
   need	
   to	
   effectively	
   integrate	
   acquired	
   businesses,	
  
uncertainties	
  as	
  to	
  the	
  Company’s	
  ability	
  to	
  implement	
  its	
  
business	
   strategy	
   effectively,	
   political	
   and	
   economic	
  
conditions,	
  the	
  Company’s	
  ability	
  to	
  attract	
  and	
  retain	
  key	
  
personnel,	
   raw	
   material	
   and	
   labour	
   costs,	
   fluctuations	
   in	
  
the	
   US	
   and	
   Canadian	
   dollar	
   exchange	
   rates,	
   and	
   other	
  
risks	
  and	
  uncertainties	
  described	
  under	
  the	
  heading	
  “Risk	
  
Factors”	
  
recent	
   Annual	
  
Information	
   Form,	
   and	
   elsewhere	
   in	
   this	
   document	
   and	
  
other	
  documents	
  filed	
  with	
  Canadian	
  provincial	
  securities	
  
authorities.	
   These	
   documents	
   are	
   available	
   to	
   the	
   public	
  
at	
   www.sedar.com.	
   	
   Unless	
   otherwise	
   indicated,	
   the	
  
consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   have	
   been	
   prepared	
   in	
  
accordance	
   with	
  
International	
   Financial	
   Reporting	
  
Standards	
   and	
   the	
   reporting	
   currency	
   is	
   in	
   Canadian	
  
dollars.	
  

the	
   Company’s	
   most	
  

in	
  

In	
   addition	
   to	
   the	
   factors	
   noted	
   above,	
   management	
  
cautions	
   readers	
   that	
   the	
   current	
   economic	
   environment	
  
could	
  have	
  a	
  negative	
  impact	
  on	
  the	
  markets	
  in	
  which	
  the	
  
Company	
   operates	
   and	
   on	
   the	
   Company’s	
   ability	
   to	
  
achieve	
   its	
   financial	
   targets.	
   	
   Factors	
   such	
   as	
   continuing	
  
economic	
   uncertainty	
   in	
   the	
   US	
   and	
   Canada,	
   tighter	
  

22	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

ZCL	
  Composites	
  Inc.	
  
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  and	
  Notes	
  
For	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010	
  

23	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

MANAGEMENT’S	
  REPORT	
  

March	
  7,	
  2012	
  

The	
   Annual	
   Report,	
   including	
   the	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   and	
   other	
   financial	
   information,	
   is	
   the	
   responsibility	
   of	
  
the	
  management	
  of	
  the	
  Company.	
  The	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  were	
  prepared	
  by	
  management	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  
International	
   Financial	
   Reporting	
   Standards.	
   When	
   alternative	
   accounting	
   methods	
   exist,	
   management	
   has	
   chosen	
   those	
   it	
  
considers	
   most	
   appropriate	
   in	
   the	
   circumstances.	
   The	
   significant	
   accounting	
   policies	
   used	
   are	
   described	
   in	
   note	
   2	
   to	
   the	
  
consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  The	
  integrity	
  of	
  the	
  information	
  presented	
  in	
  the	
  financial	
  statements,	
  including	
  estimates	
  
and	
   judgments	
   relating	
   to	
   matters	
   not	
   concluded	
   by	
   year	
   end,	
   is	
   the	
   responsibility	
   of	
   management.	
   Financial	
   information	
  
presented	
  elsewhere	
  in	
  this	
  Annual	
  Report	
  has	
  been	
  prepared	
  by	
  management	
  and	
  is	
  consistent	
  with	
  the	
  information	
  in	
  the	
  
consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  	
  

Management	
   is	
   responsible	
   for	
   the	
   establishment	
   and	
   maintenance	
   of	
   systems	
   of	
   internal	
   accounting	
   and	
   administrative	
  
controls	
  which	
  are	
  designed	
  to	
  provide	
  reasonable	
  assurance	
  that	
  the	
  financial	
  information	
  is	
  accurate	
  and	
  reliable,	
  and	
  that	
  
the	
  Company's	
  assets	
  are	
  appropriately	
  accounted	
  for	
  and	
  adequately	
  safeguarded.	
  The	
  internal	
  control	
  system	
  also	
  includes	
  
an	
  established	
  business	
  conduct	
  policy	
  that	
  applies	
  to	
  all	
  employees.	
  	
  Management	
  believes	
  the	
  system	
  of	
  internal	
  controls,	
  
review	
  procedures,	
  and	
  established	
  policies	
  provide	
  reasonable	
  assurance	
  as	
  to	
  the	
  reliability	
  and	
  relevance	
  of	
  the	
  financial	
  
reports.	
  

The	
   Board	
   of	
   Directors	
   is	
   responsible	
   for	
   ensuring	
   that	
   management	
   fulfills	
   its	
   responsibilities	
   and	
   for	
   final	
   approval	
   of	
   the	
  
annual	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  The	
  Board	
  appoints	
  an	
  Audit	
  Committee	
  consisting	
  of	
  unrelated,	
  non-­‐management	
  
directors	
  that	
  meets	
  at	
  least	
  four	
  times	
  each	
  year	
  under	
  a	
  written	
  mandate	
  from	
  the	
  Board.	
  The	
  Audit	
  Committee	
  meets	
  with	
  
management	
   and	
   with	
   the	
   independent	
   auditors	
   to	
   satisfy	
   itself	
   that	
   they	
   are	
   properly	
   discharging	
   their	
   responsibilities,	
  
reviews	
  the	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  and	
  the	
  Auditors'	
  Report,	
  including	
  the	
  quality	
  of	
  the	
  accounting	
  principles	
  and	
  
significant	
   judgments	
   applied,	
   and	
   examines	
   other	
   auditing	
   and	
   accounting	
   matters.	
   The	
   Committee	
   also	
   recommends	
   the	
  
firm	
  of	
  external	
  auditors	
  to	
  be	
  appointed	
  by	
  the	
  shareholders.	
  	
  The	
  independent	
  auditors	
  have	
  full	
  and	
  unrestricted	
  access	
  to	
  
the	
   Audit	
   Committee,	
   with	
   and	
   without	
   management	
   being	
   present.	
   The	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   and	
   other	
  
financial	
  information	
  have	
  been	
  reviewed	
  by	
  the	
  Audit	
  Committee	
  and	
  approved	
  by	
  the	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  of	
  ZCL	
  Composites	
  
Inc.	
  	
  

The	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  have	
  been	
  audited	
  by	
  the	
  Company’s	
  external	
  auditors,	
  Ernst	
  &	
  Young	
  LLP,	
  Chartered	
  
Accountants,	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  generally	
  accepted	
  auditing	
  standards	
  on	
  behalf	
  of	
  the	
  shareholders.	
  The	
  Auditors'	
  Report	
  
outlines	
  the	
  nature	
  of	
  their	
  examination	
  and	
  their	
  opinion	
  on	
  the	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  of	
  the	
  Company.	
  	
  

“Rod	
  Graham”	
  
Roderick	
  W.	
  Graham,	
  CFA,	
  MBA	
  	
  
President	
  and	
  
Chief	
  Executive	
  Officer	
  

“Kathy	
  Demuth”	
  
Katherine	
  L.	
  Demuth,	
  CA,	
  CMA,	
  CIA	
  
Chief	
  Financial	
  Officer	
  

24	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

INDEPENDENT	
  AUDITORS’	
  REPORT	
  

To	
  the	
  Shareholders	
  of	
  ZCL	
  Composites	
  Inc.	
  

We	
   have	
   audited	
   the	
   accompanying	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   of	
   ZCL	
   Composites	
   Inc.,	
   which	
   comprise	
   the	
  
consolidated	
  balance	
  sheets	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  and	
  2010,	
  and	
  January	
  1,	
  2010,	
  and	
  the	
  consolidated	
  statements	
  of	
  
income	
  (loss),	
  comprehensive	
  income	
  (loss),	
  and	
  shareholders’	
  equity	
  and	
  cash	
  flows	
  for	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  
and	
  2010,	
  and	
  a	
  summary	
  of	
  significant	
  accounting	
  policies	
  and	
  other	
  explanatory	
  information.	
  

Management's	
  responsibility	
  for	
  the	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  

Management	
   is	
   responsible	
   for	
   the	
   preparation	
   and	
   fair	
   presentation	
   of	
   these	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   in	
  
accordance	
   with	
   International	
   Financial	
   Reporting	
   Standards,	
   and	
   for	
   such	
   internal	
   control	
   as	
   management	
   determines	
   is	
  
necessary	
  to	
  enable	
  the	
  preparation	
  of	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  that	
  are	
  free	
  from	
  material	
  misstatement,	
  whether	
  
due	
  to	
  fraud	
  or	
  error.	
  

Auditors’	
  responsibility	
  

Our	
  responsibility	
  is	
  to	
  express	
  an	
  opinion	
  on	
  these	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  based	
  on	
  our	
  audits.	
  We	
  conducted	
  our	
  
audits	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
   Canadian	
   generally	
   accepted	
   auditing	
   standards.	
   Those	
   standards	
   require	
   that	
   we	
   comply	
   with	
  
ethical	
   requirements	
   and	
   plan	
   and	
   perform	
   the	
   audit	
   to	
   obtain	
   reasonable	
   assurance	
   about	
   whether	
   the	
   consolidated	
  
financial	
  statements	
  are	
  free	
  from	
  material	
  misstatement.	
  

An	
   audit	
   involves	
   performing	
   procedures	
   to	
   obtain	
   audit	
   evidence	
   about	
   the	
   amounts	
   and	
   disclosures	
   in	
   the	
   consolidated	
  
financial	
   statements.	
   The	
   procedures	
   selected	
   depend	
   on	
   the	
   auditors’	
   judgment,	
   including	
   the	
   assessment	
   of	
   the	
   risks	
   of	
  
material	
   misstatement	
   of	
   the	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements,	
   whether	
   due	
   to	
   fraud	
   or	
   error.	
   In	
   making	
   those	
   risk	
  
assessments,	
   the	
   auditors	
   consider	
   internal	
   control	
   relevant	
   to	
   the	
   entity's	
   preparation	
   and	
   fair	
   presentation	
   of	
   the	
  
consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  design	
  audit	
  procedures	
  that	
  are	
  appropriate	
  in	
  the	
  circumstances,	
  but	
  not	
  for	
  
the	
  purpose	
  of	
  expressing	
  an	
  opinion	
  on	
  the	
  effectiveness	
  of	
  the	
  entity's	
  internal	
  control.	
  An	
  audit	
  also	
  includes	
  evaluating	
  
the	
  appropriateness	
  of	
  accounting	
  policies	
  used	
  and	
  the	
  reasonableness	
  of	
  accounting	
  estimates	
  made	
  by	
  management,	
  as	
  
well	
  as	
  evaluating	
  the	
  overall	
  presentation	
  of	
  the	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  

We	
   believe	
   that	
   the	
   audit	
   evidence	
   we	
   have	
   obtained	
   in	
   our	
   audits	
   is	
   sufficient	
   and	
   appropriate	
   to	
   provide	
   a	
   basis	
   for	
   our	
  
audit	
  opinion.	
  	
  

Opinion	
  

In	
   our	
   opinion,	
   the	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   present	
   fairly,	
   in	
   all	
   material	
   respects,	
   the	
   financial	
   position	
   of	
   ZCL	
  
Composites	
  Inc.	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  and	
  2010	
  and	
  January	
  1,	
  2010,	
  and	
  its	
  financial	
  performance	
  and	
  its	
  cash	
  flows	
  for	
  
the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010,	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  International	
  Financial	
  Reporting	
  Standards.	
  

Edmonton,	
  Canada	
  
March	
  7,	
  2012	
  

Chartered	
  accountants	
  

25	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Consolidated	
  Balance	
  Sheets	
  
As	
  at	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
ASSETS	
  
Current	
  
Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  
Accounts	
  receivable	
  [note	
  23]	
  
Inventories	
  [note	
  5]	
  
Income	
  taxes	
  recoverable	
  
Prepaid	
  expenses	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  [note	
  7]	
  
Assets	
  held	
  for	
  sale	
  [note	
  7]	
  
Intangible	
  assets	
  [note	
  8]	
  
Goodwill	
  [note	
  4]	
  
Restricted	
  cash	
  
Other	
  assets	
  
TOTAL	
  ASSETS	
  

LIABILITIES	
  AND	
  SHAREHOLDERS'	
  EQUITY	
  
Current	
  
Bank	
  indebtedness	
  [note	
  9]	
  
Accounts	
  payable	
  and	
  accrued	
  liabilities	
  
Income	
  taxes	
  payable	
  
Deferred	
  revenue	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  provisions	
  [note	
  10]	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  [note	
  11]	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  preferred	
  shares	
  [note	
  12]	
  

Deferred	
  tax	
  liabilities	
  [note	
  17]	
  
Long	
  term	
  portion	
  of	
  provisions	
  [note	
  10]	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  [note	
  11]	
  
Preferred	
  shares	
  [note	
  12]	
  
TOTAL	
  LIABILITIES	
  
Commitments	
  [note	
  13]	
  

Shareholders'	
  equity	
  
Share	
  capital	
  [note	
  15]	
  
Contributed	
  surplus	
  [note	
  16a]	
  
Equity	
  component	
  of	
  preferred	
  shares	
  [note	
  12]	
  
Accumulated	
  other	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  
Retained	
  earnings	
  
TOTAL	
  SHAREHOLDERS’	
  EQUITY	
  
TOTAL	
  LIABILITIES	
  AND	
  SHAREHOLDERS’	
  EQUITY	
  
See	
  accompanying	
  notes	
  

	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  December	
  31,	
  

December	
  31,	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  January	
  1,	
  

2011	
  

$	
  

1,707	
  
19,908	
  
24,271	
  
1,082	
  
905 
47,873	
  
26,133	
  
952	
  
7,979	
  
30,263	
  
255	
  
444	
  
113,899	
  

—	
  
15,435	
  
797	
  
5,325	
  
1,185	
  
1,687	
  
57	
  
24,486	
  
5,068	
  
449	
  
4,587	
  
5,125	
  
39,715	
  

69,862	
  
2,177	
  
845	
  
(7,073)	
  
8,373	
  
74,184	
  
113,899	
  

2010	
  
(Restated)	
  
[note	
  28]	
  
$	
  

2010	
  
(Restated)	
  
[note	
  28]	
  
$	
  

2,105	
  
22,722	
  
18,759	
  
3,311	
  
924	
  
47,821	
  
26,921	
  
946	
  
10,116	
  
29,820	
  
250	
  
1,755	
  
117,629	
  

8,565	
  
15,589	
  
27	
  
1,935	
  
434	
  
3,398	
  
57	
  
30,005	
  
4,848	
  
319	
  
7,733	
  
5,125	
  
48,030	
  

69,862	
  
1,669	
  
845	
  
(7,860)	
  
5,083	
  
69,599	
  
117,629	
  

2,868	
  
14,228	
  
19,943	
  
1,650	
  
963	
  
39,652	
  
25,933	
  
—	
  
9,481	
  
28,997	
  
262	
  
458	
  
104,783	
  

1,477	
  
10,380	
  
8	
  
1,805	
  
286	
  
2,343	
  
—	
  
16,299	
  
4,431	
  
374	
  
3,003	
  
—	
  
24,107	
  

62,395	
  
943	
  
—	
  
(5,439)	
  
22,777	
  
80,676	
  
104,783	
  

On	
  behalf	
  of	
  the	
  Board:	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  Director	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  Director 

26	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Consolidated	
  Statements	
  of	
  Income	
  (Loss)	
  
For	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars,	
  except	
  per	
  share	
  amounts)	
  

Revenue	
  
Manufacturing	
  and	
  selling	
  costs	
  [note	
  6]	
  
Gross	
  profit	
  

General	
  and	
  administration	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  (gain)	
  loss	
  
Depreciation	
  [notes	
  7	
  and	
  8]	
  
Finance	
  expense	
  [note	
  21]	
  
(Gain)	
  loss	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
Impairment	
  of	
  assets	
  [note	
  4]	
  

Income	
  (loss)	
  before	
  income	
  taxes	
  

Income	
  tax	
  expense	
  (recovery)	
  [note	
  17]	
  
	
   Current	
  
	
   Deferred	
  

Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  

Net	
  loss	
  from	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  [note	
  18]	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  

Income	
  (loss)	
  per	
  share	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  [note	
  19]	
  
	
   Basic	
  
	
   Diluted	
  

Loss	
  per	
  share	
  from	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  [note	
  19]	
  
	
   Basic	
  
	
   Diluted	
  

Income	
  (loss)	
  per	
  share	
  [note	
  19]	
  
	
   Basic	
  
	
   Diluted	
  
See	
  accompanying	
  notes	
  

2011	
  

$	
  

127,046	
  
107,592	
  
19,454	
  

9,986	
  
(373)	
  
4,317	
  
1,272	
  
(356)	
  
—	
  
14,846	
  
4,608	
  

969	
  
185	
  
1,154	
  

3,454	
  

(164)	
  
3,290	
  

$0.12	
  
$0.12	
  

($0.01)	
  
($0.01)	
  

$0.11	
  	
  
$0.11	
  	
  

2010	
  
(Restated)	
  
[note	
  28]	
  
$	
  

121,574	
  
109,916	
  
11,658	
  

11,394	
  
496	
  
4,792	
  
1,363	
  
10	
  
14,293	
  
32,348	
  
(20,690)	
  

(1,660)	
  
(2,330)	
  
(3,990)	
  

(16,700)	
  

(149)	
  
(16,849)	
  

($0.59)	
  
($0.59)	
  

($0.01)	
  
($0.01)	
  

($0.60)	
  
($0.60)	
  	
  

27	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Consolidated	
  Statements	
  of	
  Comprehensive	
  Income	
  (Loss)	
  
For	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  
Translation	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
  
Comprehensive	
  income	
  (loss)	
  

Consolidated	
  Statements	
  of	
  Shareholders’	
  Equity	
  	
  
For	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010	
  

2011	
  

$	
  

3,290	
  
787	
  
4,077	
  

2010	
  
(Restated)	
  
[note	
  28]	
  
$	
  

(16,849)	
  
(2,421)	
  
(19,270)	
  

Equity	
  
Component	
  

Accumulated	
  	
  
Other	
  

Common	
  
Shares	
  
#	
  

Share	
  
Capital	
  
$	
  

Contributed	
   of	
  Pref.	
  
Shares	
  
$	
  

Surplus	
  
$	
  

Comprehensive	
   Retained	
  
Earnings	
  
$	
  

Loss	
  
$	
  

Total	
  	
  
$	
  

(in	
  thousands)	
  

(Restated)	
  [note	
  28]	
  
Balance,	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  
Share-­‐based	
  payments	
  

28,802	
  

69,862	
  

1,669	
  

[note	
  16a]	
  

—	
  
Translation	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
   —	
  
Net	
  income	
  
—	
  
28,802	
  
Balance,	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
69,862	
  

508	
  
—	
  
—	
  
2,177	
  

(Restated)	
  [note	
  28]	
  
Balance,	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  
Share-­‐based	
  payments	
  	
  

[note	
  16a]	
  

—	
  

70	
  

Shares	
  issued	
  on	
  exercise	
  of	
  	
  
	
   options	
  [note	
  16a]	
  
Reclassification	
  of	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  
	
   stock	
  options	
  previously	
  	
  
	
   expensed	
  [note	
  15]	
  
Shares	
  issued	
  related	
  to	
  	
  
	
   business	
  acquisition	
  	
  
[notes	
  4	
  and	
  15]	
  
Shares	
  issued	
  through	
  
	
   private	
  placement	
  [note	
  15]	
  
550	
  
Translation	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
   —	
  
—	
  
Preferred	
  shares	
  [note	
  12]	
  
—	
  
Dividends	
  paid	
  [note	
  14]	
  
Net	
  loss	
  
—	
  
Balance,	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  
28,802	
  
See	
  accompanying	
  notes	
  

1,637	
  

26,545	
  

62,395	
  

—	
  

—	
  

206	
  

943	
  

791	
  

—	
  

65	
  

(65)	
  

5,926	
  

—	
  

1,270	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
69,862	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
1,669	
  

845	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
845	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  
—	
  
845	
  
—	
  
—	
  
845	
  

(7,860)	
  

5,083	
  

69,599	
  

—	
  
787	
  
—	
  
(7,073)	
  

—	
  
—	
  
3,290	
  
8,373	
  

508	
  
787	
  
3,290	
  
74,184	
  

(5,439)	
  

22,777	
  

80,676	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  

—	
  
(2,421)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(7,860)	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(845)	
  
(16,849)	
  
5,083	
  

791	
  

206	
  

—	
  

5,926	
  

1,270	
  
(2,421)	
   	
  
845	
  
(845)	
   	
  
(16,849)	
   	
  
69,599	
  

28	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Consolidated	
  Statements	
  of	
  Cash	
  Flows	
  
For	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

CASH	
  FLOWS	
  FROM	
  OPERATING	
  ACTIVITIES	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  
Add	
  (deduct)	
  items	
  not	
  affecting	
  cash:	
  
	
   Depreciation	
  [notes	
  7	
  and	
  8]	
  
	
   Deferred	
  tax	
  expense	
  (recovery)	
  
(Gain)	
  loss	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  

	
   Share-­‐based	
  compensation	
  expense	
  [note	
  16]	
  

Impairment	
  of	
  assets	
  

	
   Other	
  

Changes	
  in	
  non-­‐cash	
  working	
  capital:	
  
	
   Decrease	
  (increase)	
  in	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  

(Increase)	
  decrease	
  in	
  inventories	
  

	
   Decrease	
  in	
  prepaid	
  expenses	
  

Increase	
  in	
  accounts	
  payable,	
  accrued	
  liabilities	
  and	
  provisions	
  
Increase	
  (decrease)	
  in	
  deferred	
  revenue	
  
Increase	
  (decrease)	
  in	
  income	
  taxes	
  payable	
  

Cash	
  flows	
  from	
  operating	
  activities	
  

CASH	
  FLOWS	
  FROM	
  FINANCING	
  ACTIVITIES	
  
Issue	
  of	
  common	
  shares	
  on	
  the	
  exercise	
  of	
  stock	
  options,	
  net	
  of	
  issuance	
  costs	
  [note	
  15]	
  	
  
Issue	
  of	
  common	
  shares	
  on	
  private	
  placement	
  [note	
  15]	
  
Net	
  (repayment)	
  advance	
  of	
  bank	
  indebtedness	
  
Advance	
  on	
  long	
  term	
  debt,	
  net	
  of	
  financing	
  charges	
  
Repayment	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Dividends	
  paid	
  [note	
  14]	
  
Cash	
  flows	
  (used	
  in)	
  from	
  financing	
  activities	
  

CASH	
  FLOWS	
  FROM	
  INVESTING	
  ACTIVITIES	
  
Purchase	
  of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  
Disposal	
  of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  
Purchase	
  of	
  intangible	
  assets	
  
Business	
  acquisitions,	
  net	
  of	
  cash	
  acquired	
  [note	
  22b]	
  
Disposal	
  of	
  other	
  assets	
  [note	
  18]	
  
Cash	
  flows	
  from	
  (used	
  in)	
  investing	
  activities	
  

Foreign	
  exchange	
  loss	
  on	
  cash	
  held	
  in	
  foreign	
  currency	
  

Cash	
  used	
  in	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  [note	
  18]	
  

Decrease	
  in	
  cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  
Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents,	
  beginning	
  of	
  the	
  year	
  
Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents,	
  end	
  of	
  the	
  year	
  
See	
  accompanying	
  notes	
  

2011	
  

$	
  

3,454	
  

4,317	
  
185	
  
(356)	
  
508	
  
—	
  
309	
  
8,417	
  

2,825	
  
(5,345)	
  
31	
  
1,025	
  
3,403	
  
2,843	
  
4,782	
  
13,199	
  

—	
  
—	
  
(8,565)	
  
—	
  
(4,824)	
  
—	
  
(13,389)	
  

(1,753)	
  
633	
  
(25)	
  
—	
  
1,336	
  
191	
  

(223)	
  

(176)	
  

(398)	
  
2,105	
  
1,707	
  

2010	
  
(Restated)	
  
[note	
  28]	
  
$	
  

(16,700)	
  

4,792	
  
(2,330)	
  
10	
  
791	
  
14,293	
  
35	
  
891	
  

(1,959)	
  
2,295	
  
130	
  
714	
  
(314)	
  
(1,240)	
  
(374)	
  
517	
  

192	
  
1,270	
  
6,092	
  
9,964	
  
(9,136)	
  
(845)	
  
7,537	
  

(1,355)	
  
1,940	
  
(708)	
  
(8,120)	
  
252	
  
(7,991)	
  

(229)	
  

(597)	
  

(763)	
  
2,868	
  
2,105	
  

29	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  
For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  	
  

1.  CORPORATE	
  INFORMATION	
  

ZCL	
  Composites	
  Inc.	
  (the	
  “Company”)	
  is	
  a	
  public	
  company	
  incorporated	
  and	
  domiciled	
  in	
  Canada	
  and	
  its	
  common	
  stock	
  trades	
  
on	
   the	
   Toronto	
   Stock	
   Exchange.	
   	
   The	
   address	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
   registered	
   office	
   is	
   1420	
   Parsons	
   Road	
   S.W.,	
   Edmonton,	
  
Alberta,	
  Canada,	
  T6X	
  1M5.	
  The	
  Company	
  and	
  its	
  subsidiaries	
  (the	
  “Company”)	
  are	
  principally	
  involved	
  in	
  the	
  manufacturing	
  
and	
   distribution	
   of	
   liquid	
   storage	
   systems,	
   including	
   fibreglass	
   underground	
   and	
   aboveground	
   storage	
   tanks,	
   dual-­‐laminate	
  
composite	
   tanks	
   and	
   related	
   products	
   and	
   accessories.	
   	
   The	
  Company	
   also	
   produces	
   and	
   sells	
   fibreglass	
   lining	
   systems	
   and	
  
three	
  dimensional	
  glass	
  fabric	
  material.	
  	
  	
  

2.  BASIS	
  OF	
  PRESENTATION	
  

The	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  have	
  been	
  prepared	
  on	
  a	
  historical	
  cost	
  basis	
  except	
  for	
  the	
  following	
  material	
  items	
  
presented	
  on	
  the	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheets:	
  	
  	
  	
  

• 

Liabilities	
  for	
  cash-­‐settled	
  share-­‐based	
  payment	
  arrangements	
  under	
  the	
  Company’s	
  Stock	
  Appreciation	
  Rights	
  Plan	
  and	
  
Restricted	
  Share	
  Unit	
  Plan	
  are	
  measured	
  at	
  fair	
  value.	
  	
  

The	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   are	
   reported	
   in	
   Canadian	
   dollars	
   which	
   is	
   the	
   functional	
   currency	
   of	
   the	
   reporting	
  
entity,	
  ZCL	
  Composites	
  Inc.	
  	
  	
  

Statement	
  of	
  Compliance	
  

The	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   of	
   the	
   Company	
   have	
   been	
   prepared	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
   International	
   Financial	
  
Reporting	
   Standards	
   (“IFRS”).	
   	
  These	
   are	
   the	
   Company’s	
   first	
   IFRS	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   and	
   IFRS	
   1:	
   “First-­‐time	
  
Adoption	
  of	
  International	
  Financial	
  Reporting	
  Standards”	
  has	
  been	
  applied.	
  	
  	
  

Note	
  28	
  explains	
  how	
  the	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS	
  has	
  affected	
  the	
  reported	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheets	
  and	
  statement	
  of	
  loss	
  for	
  
the	
   comparative	
   periods.	
   The	
   note	
   includes	
   reconciliations	
   of	
   equity	
   and	
   total	
   comprehensive	
   loss	
   for	
   comparative	
   periods	
  
and	
   a	
   reconciliation	
   of	
   equity	
   at	
   the	
   date	
   of	
   transition	
   from	
   previous	
   generally	
   accepted	
   accounting	
   principles	
   (“GAAP”)	
   to	
  
IFRS.	
  	
  The	
  note	
  also	
  includes	
  a	
  listing	
  of	
  the	
  exemptions	
  taken	
  by	
  the	
  Company	
  under	
  IFRS	
  1.	
  

The	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  were	
  authorized	
  for	
  issue	
  by	
  the	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  on	
  March	
  7,	
  2012.	
  

Basis	
  of	
  Consolidation	
  

The	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   of	
   the	
   Company	
   include	
   the	
   accounts	
   of	
   ZCL	
   Composites	
   Inc.	
   and	
   its	
   subsidiaries	
  
including	
  Parabeam	
  Industries	
  BV,	
  Radigan	
  Insurance	
  Inc.,	
  ZCL	
  International	
  SRL	
  (formerly	
  VRB	
  &	
  Associates	
  SRL),	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  
Inc.	
  formerly	
  Dualam	
  Plastics	
  Inc.	
  (“ZCL	
  Dualam”)	
  and	
  Xerxes	
  Corporation	
  (“Xerxes”).	
  	
  

Subsidiaries	
  are	
  fully	
  consolidated	
  from	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  acquisition,	
  being	
  the	
  date	
  on	
  which	
  the	
  Company	
  obtains	
  control,	
  and	
  
continue	
   to	
   be	
   consolidated	
   until	
   the	
   date	
   that	
   such	
   control	
   ceases.	
   On	
   acquisition,	
   the	
   assets,	
   liabilities	
   and	
   contingent	
  
liabilities	
  of	
  a	
  subsidiary	
  are	
  measured	
  at	
  their	
  fair	
  values.	
  	
  Any	
  excess	
  of	
  the	
  cost	
  over	
  the	
  fair	
  values	
  of	
  the	
  identifiable	
  net	
  
assets	
  acquired	
  is	
  recognized	
  as	
  goodwill.	
  	
  The	
   financial	
  statements	
  of	
  the	
  subsidiaries	
  are	
  prepared	
  for	
  the	
  same	
  reporting	
  
period	
  as	
  the	
  parent	
  company	
  using	
  consistent	
  accounting	
  policies.	
  All	
  intra-­‐group	
  balances,	
  income	
  and	
  expenses,	
  unrealized	
  
gains	
  and	
  losses	
  and	
  dividends	
  resulting	
  from	
  intra-­‐group	
  transactions	
  are	
  eliminated	
  in	
  full. 

30	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

3.  SIGNIFICANT	
  ACCOUNTING	
  POLICIES	
  

Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  

Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  consist	
  of	
  cash	
  balances	
  and	
  highly	
  liquid	
  investments	
  with	
  original	
  maturities	
  of	
  three	
  months	
  or	
  
less.	
  	
  Cash	
  equivalents	
  are	
  invested	
  in	
  money	
  market	
  funds	
  and	
  are	
  readily	
  convertible	
  into	
  a	
  known	
  amount	
  of	
  cash	
  and	
  are	
  
subject	
  to	
  an	
  insignificant	
  risk	
  of	
  change	
  in	
  value.	
  

Inventories	
  

Inventories	
  are	
  valued	
  at	
  the	
  lower	
  of	
  cost	
  and	
  net	
  realizable	
  value.	
  	
  Costs	
  incurred	
  in	
  bringing	
  each	
  product	
  to	
  its	
  present	
  
location	
  and	
  condition	
  are	
  accounted	
  for	
  as	
  follows:	
  

• 
• 

Raw	
  materials:	
  	
  purchase	
  cost	
  determined	
  on	
  an	
  average	
  cost	
  basis.	
  
Finished	
   goods	
   and	
   work	
   in	
   progress:	
   	
   cost	
   of	
   direct	
   materials,	
   labour	
   and	
   a	
   proportionate	
   share	
   of	
   variable	
   and	
   fixed	
  
production	
  overhead	
  expenses	
  allocated	
  based	
  on	
  a	
  normal	
  operating	
  capacity	
  for	
  direct	
  labour	
  hours.	
  

Net	
  realizable	
  value	
  is	
  the	
  estimated	
  selling	
  price	
  in	
  the	
  ordinary	
  course	
  of	
  business,	
  less	
  estimated	
  costs	
  of	
  completion	
  and	
  
the	
  estimated	
  costs	
  necessary	
  to	
  make	
  the	
  sale.	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  	
  	
  

Property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   are	
   stated	
   at	
   historical	
   cost,	
   net	
   of	
   accumulated	
   depreciation	
   and	
   accumulated	
   impairment	
  
losses,	
  if	
  any.	
  	
  Such	
  costs	
  include	
  the	
  cost	
  of	
  replacing	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  borrowing	
  costs	
  for	
  long	
  term	
  
construction	
   projects	
   if	
   the	
   recognition	
   criteria	
   are	
   met.	
   	
   When	
   significant	
   parts	
   of	
   property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   are	
  
required	
   to	
   be	
   replaced	
   in	
   intervals	
   or	
   major	
   inspections	
   are	
   required,	
   the	
   Company	
   recognizes	
   such	
   costs	
   as	
   individual	
  
components	
  of	
  an	
  asset	
  and	
  depreciates	
  them	
  according	
  to	
  their	
  specific	
  useful	
  lives.	
  

Land	
   is	
   not	
   depreciated	
   and	
   leasehold	
   improvements	
   are	
   depreciated	
   using	
   the	
   straight-­‐line	
   method	
   over	
   the	
   term	
   of	
   the	
  
lease.	
   	
   Depreciation	
   for	
   the	
   remainder	
   of	
   property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   is	
   calculated	
   using	
   the	
   declining	
   balance	
   method	
  
using	
  the	
  following	
  rates:	
  

Buildings	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  
Land	
  improvements	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  
Manufacturing	
  equipment	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  
Office	
  equipment	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  
Automotive	
  equipment	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  

4%	
  
10%	
  
10%	
  	
  
20%	
  
30%	
  

An	
  item	
  of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  and	
  any	
  significant	
  component	
  initially	
  recognized	
  is	
  derecognized	
  upon	
  disposal	
  or	
  
when	
   no	
   future	
   economic	
   benefits	
   are	
   expected	
   from	
   its	
   use	
   or	
   disposal.	
   	
   Any	
   gain	
   or	
   loss	
   arising	
   from	
   derecognition	
   is	
  
included	
  in	
  the	
  consolidated	
  statements	
  of	
  income	
  (loss)	
  when	
  the	
  asset	
  is	
  derecognized.	
  	
  The	
  useful	
  lives,	
  residual	
  values	
  and	
  
methods	
   of	
   depreciation	
   of	
   property,	
   plant	
   and	
   equipment	
   are	
   reviewed	
   at	
   each	
   year	
   end	
   and	
   adjusted	
   prospectively,	
   if	
  
appropriate.	
  

31	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Impairment	
  of	
  non-­‐financial	
  assets	
  

Assets	
   that	
   have	
   an	
   indefinite	
   useful	
   life,	
   for	
   example,	
   goodwill	
   or	
   intangible	
   assets	
   not	
   ready	
   for	
   use,	
   are	
   not	
   subject	
   to	
  
depreciation	
   and	
   are	
   tested	
   annually	
   for	
   impairment.	
   Assets	
   that	
   are	
   subject	
   to	
   depreciation	
   are	
   reviewed	
   for	
   impairment	
  
whenever	
  events	
  or	
  changes	
  in	
  circumstances	
  indicate	
  that	
  the	
  carrying	
  amount	
  may	
  not	
  be	
  recoverable.	
  An	
  impairment	
  loss	
  
is	
  recognized	
  for	
  the	
  amount	
  by	
  which	
  the	
  asset’s	
  carrying	
  amount	
  exceeds	
  its	
  recoverable	
  amount.	
  The	
  recoverable	
  amount	
  
is	
  the	
  higher	
  of	
  an	
  asset’s	
  fair	
  value	
  less	
  costs	
  to	
  sell	
  and	
  value	
  in	
  use.	
  	
  For	
  the	
  purposes	
  of	
  assessing	
  impairment,	
  assets	
  are	
  
grouped	
   into	
   Cash-­‐generating	
   Units	
   (“CGUs”).	
   Non-­‐financial	
   assets	
   other	
   than	
   goodwill	
   that	
   suffered	
   an	
   impairment	
   are	
  
reviewed	
  for	
  possible	
  reversal	
  of	
  the	
  impairment	
  at	
  each	
  reporting	
  date.	
  

CGUs	
  are	
  the	
  smallest	
  identifiable	
  group	
  of	
  assets	
  that	
  generate	
  cash	
  flows	
  that	
  are	
  independent	
  of	
  the	
  cash	
  flows	
  of	
  other	
  
groups	
  of	
  assets.	
  	
  The	
  determination	
  of	
  CGUs	
  was	
  based	
  on	
  management’s	
  judgments	
  in	
  regard	
  to	
  the	
  geographic	
  location	
  of	
  
operating	
  divisions,	
  product	
  groups	
  and	
  shared	
  infrastructure.	
  

Intangible	
  assets	
  

Internally	
  developed	
  intangible	
  assets	
  –	
  deferred	
  development	
  costs:	
  
Development	
  costs	
  that	
  are	
  directly	
  attributable	
  to	
  the	
  design	
  and	
  testing	
  of	
  identifiable	
  and	
  unique	
  products	
  controlled	
  by	
  
the	
  Company	
  are	
  recognized	
  as	
  intangible	
  assets	
  when	
  the	
  following	
  criteria	
  are	
  demonstrated:	
  

The	
  technical	
  feasibility	
  of	
  completing	
  the	
  intangible	
  asset	
  so	
  it	
  will	
  be	
  available	
  for	
  use	
  or	
  sale;	
  
The	
  intention	
  to	
  complete	
  the	
  intangible	
  asset	
  and	
  use	
  or	
  sell	
  it;	
  
The	
  ability	
  to	
  use	
  or	
  sell	
  the	
  intangible	
  asset;	
  

• 
• 
• 
•  How	
  the	
  intangible	
  asset	
  will	
  generate	
  probable	
  future	
  economic	
  benefits;	
  
• 

The	
  availability	
  of	
  adequate	
  technical,	
  financial	
  and	
  other	
  resources	
  to	
  complete	
  the	
  development	
  and	
  to	
  use	
  or	
  sell	
  the	
  
intangible	
  asset;	
  and	
  
The	
  ability	
  to	
  measure	
  reliably	
  the	
  expenditure	
  attributable	
  to	
  the	
  intangible	
  asset	
  during	
  its	
  development.	
  

• 

Expenditures	
  on	
  research	
  activities	
  are	
  recognized	
  as	
  an	
  expense	
  in	
  the	
  period	
  in	
  which	
  it	
  is	
  incurred.	
  	
  	
  

The	
  amount	
  initially	
  recognized	
  for	
  internally	
  developed	
   intangible	
  assets	
  is	
  the	
  sum	
  of	
  the	
  expenditures	
  incurred	
  from	
  the	
  
date	
   when	
   the	
   intangible	
   asset	
   first	
   meets	
   the	
   recognition	
   criteria	
   listed	
   above.	
   	
   Where	
   no	
   internally	
   developed	
   intangible	
  
asset	
   can	
   be	
   recognized,	
   development	
   expenditures	
   are	
   recognized	
   as	
   an	
   expense	
   in	
   the	
   period	
   in	
   which	
   it	
   is	
   incurred.	
  	
  
Subsequent	
  to	
  initial	
  recognition,	
  internally	
  developed	
   intangible	
  assets	
  are	
  reported	
  at	
  cost	
  less	
  accumulated	
  depreciation	
  
and	
  impairment	
  losses,	
  if	
  any.	
  	
  Internally	
  developed	
  software	
  is	
  depreciated	
  over	
  the	
  expected	
  life	
  of	
  ten	
  years.	
  

Acquired	
  intangible	
  assets:	
  
Acquired	
   intangible	
   assets	
   include	
   non-­‐contractual	
   customer	
   relationships,	
   brands,	
   licenses,	
   patents,	
   customer	
   backlog,	
   air	
  
permits	
  and	
  non-­‐patent	
  technology.	
  The	
  cost	
  of	
  intangible	
  assets	
  acquired	
  in	
  a	
  business	
  combination	
  is	
  its	
  fair	
  value	
  as	
  at	
  the	
  
date	
  of	
  acquisition.	
  Following	
  initial	
  recognition,	
  intangible	
  assets	
  are	
  carried	
  at	
  cost	
  less	
  any	
  accumulated	
  depreciation	
  and	
  
accumulated	
  impairment	
  losses,	
  if	
  any.	
  	
  The	
  estimated	
  useful	
  lives	
  for	
  the	
  current	
  and	
  comparative	
  periods	
  are	
  as	
  follows:	
  

Non-­‐contractual	
  customer	
  relationships	
  	
  
Brands	
  
Licenses	
  
Patents	
  
Air	
  permits	
  
Non	
  –	
  patented	
  technology	
  
Software	
  

Estimated	
  life	
  of	
  the	
  relationship	
  (three	
  to	
  ten	
  years)	
  
Expected	
  life	
  of	
  the	
  brand	
  (ten	
  years)	
  
Term	
  of	
  the	
  license	
  agreement	
  (three	
  to	
  nine	
  years)	
  
Life	
  of	
  the	
  patent	
  (six	
  years)	
  
Life	
  of	
  the	
  permit	
  (five	
  years)	
  
Expected	
  life	
  of	
  related	
  products	
  (five	
  years)	
  
Expected	
  life	
  of	
  the	
  software	
  system	
  (ten	
  years)	
  

Intangible	
  assets	
  with	
  finite	
  lives	
  are	
  depreciated	
  over	
  the	
  useful	
  economic	
  life	
  and	
  assessed	
  for	
  impairment	
  whenever	
  there	
  
is	
   an	
   indication	
   that	
   the	
   intangible	
   asset	
   may	
   be	
   impaired.	
   The	
   depreciation	
   period	
   and	
   the	
   depreciation	
   method	
   for	
   an	
  
intangible	
  asset	
  with	
  a	
  finite	
  useful	
  life	
  is	
  reviewed	
  at	
  the	
  end	
  of	
  each	
  reporting	
  period.	
  Changes	
  in	
  the	
  expected	
  useful	
  life	
  or	
  
the	
   expected	
   pattern	
   of	
   consumption	
   of	
   future	
   economic	
   benefits	
   embodied	
   in	
   the	
   asset	
   is	
   accounted	
   for	
   by	
   changing	
   the	
  
depreciation	
  period	
  or	
  method,	
  as	
  appropriate,	
  and	
  are	
  treated	
  as	
  changes	
  in	
  accounting	
  estimates.	
  

32	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Intangible	
  assets	
  with	
  indefinite	
  useful	
  lives	
  are	
  not	
  depreciated,	
  but	
  are	
  tested	
  for	
  impairment	
  annually,	
  either	
  individually	
  or	
  
at	
  the	
  CGU	
  level.	
  The	
  assessment	
  of	
  indefinite	
  life	
  is	
  reviewed	
  annually	
  to	
  determine	
  whether	
  the	
  indefinite	
  life	
  continues	
  to	
  
be	
  supportable.	
  If	
  not,	
  the	
  change	
  in	
  useful	
  life	
  from	
  indefinite	
  to	
  finite	
  is	
  made	
  on	
  a	
  prospective	
  basis.	
  Gains	
  or	
  losses	
  arising	
  
from	
   de-­‐recognition	
   of	
   an	
   intangible	
   asset	
   are	
   measured	
   as	
   the	
   difference	
   between	
   the	
   net	
   disposal	
   proceeds	
   and	
   the	
  
carrying	
   amount	
   of	
   the	
   asset	
   and	
   are	
   recognized	
   in	
   the	
   consolidated	
   statements	
   of	
   income	
   (loss)	
   when	
   the	
   asset	
   is	
  
derecognized.	
  

Business	
  combinations	
  and	
  goodwill	
  

Business	
  combinations	
  from	
  January	
  1,	
  2010:	
  
Business	
   combinations	
   are	
   accounted	
   for	
   using	
   the	
   acquisition	
   method.	
   	
   The	
   cost	
   of	
   an	
   acquisition	
   is	
   measured	
   at	
   the	
  
aggregate	
   of	
   the	
   consideration	
   transferred,	
   measured	
   at	
   the	
   acquisition	
   date	
   in	
   addition	
   to	
   the	
   fair	
   value	
   of	
   any	
   non-­‐
controlling	
  interest	
  in	
  the	
  acquired.	
  	
  All	
  acquisition	
  costs	
  are	
  expensed	
  as	
  incurred.	
  	
  Any	
  contingent	
  consideration	
  expected	
  to	
  
be	
   paid	
   will	
   be	
   recognized	
   at	
   fair	
   value	
   at	
   the	
   acquisition	
   date.	
   	
   Subsequent	
   changes	
   to	
   the	
   fair	
   value	
   of	
   the	
   contingent	
  
consideration	
  will	
  be	
  recognized	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  IAS	
  39	
  “Financial	
  Instruments:	
  Recognition	
  and	
  Measurement”.	
  

Goodwill	
  is	
  initially	
  measured	
  at	
  cost	
  being	
  the	
  excess	
  of	
  the	
  consideration	
  transferred	
  over	
  the	
  Company’s	
  net	
  identifiable	
  
assets	
  acquired	
  and	
  liabilities	
  assumed.	
  	
  If	
  this	
  consideration	
  is	
  lower	
  than	
  the	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  net	
  assets	
  of	
  the	
  subsidiary	
  
acquired,	
  the	
  difference	
  is	
  recognized	
  as	
  a	
  gain	
  for	
  the	
  period.	
  	
  	
  

After	
  initial	
  recognition,	
  goodwill	
  is	
  measured	
  at	
  cost	
  less	
  any	
  accumulated	
  impairment	
  losses.	
  	
  Goodwill	
  is	
  assigned	
  to	
  the	
  
Company’s	
  CGUs	
  that	
  are	
  expected	
  to	
  benefit	
  from	
  the	
  combination,	
  irrespective	
  of	
  whether	
  the	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  of	
  the	
  
acquired	
  are	
  assigned	
  to	
  that	
  (those)	
  CGU(s).	
  	
  If	
  a	
  business	
  unit	
  is	
  disposed	
  of,	
  goodwill	
  disposed	
  of	
  is	
  measured	
  based	
  on	
  the	
  
relative	
  values	
  of	
  the	
  operation	
  disposed	
  of	
  and	
  the	
  portion	
  of	
  the	
  CGU	
  retained.	
  

Business	
  combinations	
  prior	
  to	
  January	
  1,	
  2010:	
  
Prior	
   to	
   January	
   1,	
   2010,	
   the	
   following	
   significant	
   differences	
   exist	
   in	
   accounting	
   for	
   business	
   combinations.	
   	
   Using	
   the	
  
elections	
   available	
   under	
   IFRS	
   1,	
   the	
   Company	
   has	
   elected	
   not	
   to	
   restate	
   the	
   accounting	
   for	
   business	
   combinations	
   that	
  
occurred	
  prior	
  to	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS.	
  

Business	
  combinations	
  were	
  accounted	
  for	
  using	
  the	
  purchase	
  method	
  and	
  transaction	
  costs	
  incurred	
  in	
  the	
  acquisition	
  of	
  a	
  
subsidiary	
  formed	
  part	
  of	
  the	
  acquisition	
  costs.	
  	
  Contingent	
  consideration	
  was	
  recognized	
  only	
  if	
  the	
  Company	
  had	
  a	
  present	
  
obligation,	
   the	
   economic	
   outflow	
   was	
   more	
   likely	
   than	
   not	
   and	
   had	
   a	
   reliable	
   estimate	
   of	
   the	
   amount.	
   Subsequent	
  
adjustments	
  to	
  the	
  contingent	
  consideration	
  resulted	
  in	
  adjustments	
  to	
  the	
  goodwill	
  balance.	
  

Goodwill	
  is	
  tested	
  for	
  impairment	
  annually	
  as	
  at	
  October	
  1	
  or	
  more	
  frequently	
  when	
  circumstances	
  indicate	
  that	
  the	
  carrying	
  
value	
   may	
   be	
   impaired.	
   	
   Impairment	
   is	
   determined	
   by	
   assessing	
   the	
   recoverable	
   amount	
   of	
   each	
   CGU	
   (or	
   group	
   CGUs)	
   to	
  
which	
  the	
  goodwill	
  relates.	
  	
  Where	
  the	
  recoverable	
  amount	
  of	
  the	
  CGU	
  (including	
  the	
  carrying	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  allocated	
  goodwill)	
  
is	
   less	
   than	
   their	
   carrying	
   amount,	
   an	
   impairment	
   loss	
   is	
   recognized.	
   	
   Impairment	
   losses	
   relating	
   to	
   goodwill	
   cannot	
   be	
  
reversed	
  in	
  future	
  periods.	
  

Provisions	
  

General:	
  
Provisions	
  are	
  recognized	
  when	
  the	
  Company	
  has	
  a	
  present	
  obligation	
  (legal	
  or	
  constructive)	
  as	
  a	
  result	
  of	
  a	
  past	
  event,	
  it	
  is	
  
probable	
  that	
  an	
  outflow	
  of	
  resources	
  will	
  occur	
  and	
  a	
  reliable	
  estimate	
  of	
  the	
  obligation	
  can	
  be	
  made.	
  	
  Where	
  the	
  Company	
  
expects	
   to	
   be	
   reimbursed	
   for	
   any	
   part	
   of	
   a	
   provision,	
   the	
   reimbursement	
   is	
   recognized	
   as	
   a	
   separate	
   asset	
   only	
   when	
   the	
  
reimbursement	
   is	
   virtually	
   certain,	
   otherwise	
   the	
   circumstances	
   of	
   the	
   reimbursement	
   are	
   disclosed	
   as	
   a	
   contingency.	
  	
  
Expenses	
   relating	
   to	
   a	
   provision	
   are	
   presented	
   in	
   the	
   consolidated	
   statements	
   of	
   income	
   (loss)	
   net	
   of	
   any	
   recognized	
  
reimbursement.	
  

33	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Self-­‐insured	
  liabilities:	
  
The	
   Company	
   self-­‐insures	
   certain	
   risks	
   related	
   to	
   pollution	
   protection	
   provided	
   on	
   certain	
   product	
   sales,	
   general	
   liability	
  
claims,	
   US	
   workers’	
   compensation	
   and	
   patent	
   infringement	
   through	
   Radigan	
  Insurance	
  Inc.,	
   its	
  captive	
  insurance	
  company.	
  	
  
The	
  provision	
  for	
  self-­‐insured	
  liabilities	
  includes	
  estimates	
  of	
  the	
  costs	
  of	
  reported	
  and	
  expected	
  claims	
  based	
  on	
  estimates	
  of	
  
losses	
  using	
  assumptions	
  determined	
  by	
  a	
  certified	
  reserve	
  analyst.	
  

Warranty:	
  
The	
  Company	
  generally	
  warrants	
  its	
  products	
  for	
  a	
  period	
  of	
  one	
  year	
  after	
  sale,	
  and	
  for	
  up	
  to	
  30	
  years	
  for	
  corrosion,	
  if	
  the	
  
products	
  are	
  properly	
  installed	
  and	
  used	
  solely	
  for	
  storage	
  of	
  listed	
  liquids.	
  	
  A	
  number	
  of	
  component	
  materials	
  and	
  parts	
  are	
  
similarly	
  warranted	
  by	
  their	
  manufacturers,	
  thereby	
  offsetting	
  the	
  Company’s	
  exposure	
  to	
  warranty	
  claims.	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   complete	
   storage	
   systems	
   marketed	
   under	
   the	
   Prezerver	
   trademark	
   carry	
   an	
   enhanced	
   10	
   year,	
   insurance-­‐
backed	
   warranty	
   covering	
   product	
   replacement	
   and	
   pollution	
   protection	
   up	
   to	
   the	
   limits	
   of	
   the	
   policy.	
   	
   The	
   Prezerver	
  
warranty	
  is	
  covered	
  by	
  insurance	
  underwritten	
  by	
  a	
  major	
  international	
  insurer	
  for	
  Prezerver	
  storage	
  systems	
  installed	
  before	
  
December	
   1,	
   2006.	
   The	
   Prezerver	
   warranty	
   for	
   qualifying	
   storage	
   systems	
   installed	
   thereafter	
   is	
   insured	
   through	
   the	
  
Company’s	
  captive	
  insurance	
  company,	
  Radigan	
  Insurance	
  Inc.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  also	
  carries	
  general	
  liability	
  insurance	
  including	
  
product	
  pollution	
  coverage.	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  warranty	
  provision	
  is	
  based	
  on	
  a	
  review	
  of	
  products	
  sold	
  and	
  historical	
  warranty	
  cost	
  experienced	
  over	
  the	
  
past	
  five	
  years.	
  Provisions	
  for	
  warranty	
  costs	
  are	
  charged	
  to	
  the	
  consolidated	
  statements	
  of	
  income	
  (loss)	
  and	
  revisions	
  to	
  the	
  
estimated	
  provision	
  are	
  charged	
  to	
  the	
  consolidated	
  statements	
  of	
  income	
  (loss)	
  in	
  the	
  period	
  in	
  which	
  they	
  occur.	
  

Foreign	
  currency	
  translation	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   are	
   presented	
   in	
   Canadian	
   dollars	
   and	
   this	
   is	
   also	
   the	
   parent	
   Company’s	
  
functional	
   currency.	
   	
   The	
   functional	
   currency	
   of	
   each	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
   subsidiaries	
   is	
   determined	
   and	
   the	
   financial	
  
statements	
  of	
  each	
  entity	
  are	
  measured	
  using	
  that	
  functional	
  currency.	
  	
  The	
  determination	
  of	
  functional	
  currency	
  is	
  based	
  on	
  
management’s	
   judgments	
   with	
   regard	
   to	
   the	
   main	
   settlement	
   currency	
   for	
   the	
   entities	
   sales,	
   labour	
   costs	
   and	
   major	
  
materials.	
   	
   In	
   addition,	
   management	
   also	
   considers	
   factors	
   such	
   as	
   the	
   currency	
   of	
   the	
   entity’s	
   financing	
   activities,	
   the	
  
autonomy	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
  and	
  the	
  proportion	
  of	
  the	
  foreign	
  operation’s	
  transactions	
  that	
  are	
  with	
  the	
  parent	
  company.	
  

Subsidiaries:	
  
The	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities	
   of	
   foreign	
   subsidiaries	
   whose	
   functional	
   currencies	
   are	
   not	
   denominated	
   in	
   Canadian	
   dollars	
   are	
  
translated	
  into	
  Canadian	
  dollars	
  at	
  the	
  rate	
  of	
  exchange	
  prevailing	
  at	
  the	
  reporting	
  date	
  and	
  their	
  statements	
  of	
  income	
  (loss)	
  
are	
  translated	
  at	
  the	
  exchange	
  rates	
  prevailing	
  at	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  the	
  transactions.	
  	
  Exchange	
  differences	
  arising	
  on	
  the	
  translation	
  
of	
   foreign	
   subsidiaries	
   are	
   recognized	
   in	
   other	
   comprehensive	
   income	
   (loss).	
   	
   Any	
   goodwill	
   arising	
   on	
   the	
   acquisition	
   of	
   a	
  
foreign	
  subsidiary	
  and	
  any	
  fair	
  value	
  adjustments	
  to	
  the	
  carrying	
  value	
  of	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  arising	
  on	
  acquisition	
  and	
  are	
  
treated	
   as	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities	
   of	
   the	
   foreign	
   subsidiary	
   and	
   are	
   translated	
   into	
   Canadian	
   dollars	
   at	
   the	
   rate	
   of	
   exchange	
  
prevailing	
  on	
  the	
  reporting	
  date.	
  	
  The	
  Parabeam	
  subsidiary’s	
  functional	
  currency	
  is	
  the	
  euro	
  and	
  the	
  functional	
  currency	
  of	
  all	
  
other	
  subsidiaries	
  is	
  US	
  dollars	
  with	
  the	
  exception	
  of	
  the	
  Canadian	
  operations	
  of	
  ZCL	
  Dualam.	
  

Foreign	
  transactions	
  and	
  balances:	
  
When	
   the	
   Company	
   or	
   one	
   of	
   its	
   subsidiaries	
   transacts	
   in	
   a	
   currency	
   other	
   than	
   its	
   functional	
   currency,	
   the	
   transaction	
   is	
  
measured	
  initially	
  at	
  the	
  closing	
  rate	
  at	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  the	
  transaction.	
  	
  Monetary	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  denominated	
  in	
  foreign	
  
currencies	
  are	
  translated	
  at	
  the	
  functional	
  currency	
  closing	
  rate	
  at	
  a	
  reporting	
  period	
  with	
  the	
  differences	
  being	
  recorded	
  in	
  
the	
  consolidated	
  statements	
  of	
  income	
  (loss).	
  	
  Non-­‐monetary	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  are	
  measured	
  in	
  terms	
  of	
  historical	
  costs	
  
and	
  are	
  translated	
  using	
  the	
  exchange	
  rates	
  in	
  existence	
  at	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  the	
  initial	
  transaction.	
  	
  	
  

Revenue	
  recognition	
  

Revenue	
  is	
  recognized	
  to	
  the	
  extent	
  that	
  it	
  is	
  probable	
  that	
  the	
  economic	
  benefits	
  will	
  flow	
  to	
  the	
  Company	
  and	
  the	
  revenue	
  
can	
  be	
  reliably	
  measured.	
  	
  Revenue	
  is	
  measured	
  at	
  the	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  consideration	
  received.	
  	
  	
  

Sale	
  of	
  tanks	
  and	
  related	
  products:	
  
Revenue	
  from	
  the	
  sale	
  of	
  tanks	
  and	
  related	
  products	
  is	
  recognized	
  when	
  the	
  significant	
  risks	
  and	
  rewards	
  of	
  ownership	
  of	
  the	
  
goods	
  have	
  passed	
  to	
  the	
  buyer.	
  	
  Risks	
  and	
  rewards	
  are	
  generally	
  transferred	
  upon	
  delivery	
  of	
  the	
  goods,	
  however	
  there	
  are	
  

34	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

circumstances	
   where	
   the	
   buyer	
   accepts	
   the	
   risks	
   and	
   rewards	
   of	
   ownership	
   prior	
   to	
   accepting	
   delivery	
   of	
   the	
   goods	
   which	
  
also	
  triggers	
  revenue	
  recognition.	
  

Installation	
  and	
  field	
  service	
  contracts:	
  
Revenue	
  from	
  installation	
  and	
  field	
  service	
  contracts	
  is	
  accounted	
  for	
  using	
  the	
  percentage	
  of	
  completion	
  method.	
  	
  The	
  stage	
  
of	
  completion	
  of	
  a	
  transaction	
  qualifying	
  for	
  percentage	
  of	
  completion	
  revenue	
  recognition	
  is	
  determined	
  by	
  the	
  proportion	
  
of	
  costs	
  incurred	
  to	
  date	
  relative	
  to	
  the	
  estimated	
  total	
  costs	
  to	
  complete	
  the	
  transaction.	
  	
  Anticipated	
  losses	
  on	
  transactions	
  
are	
  recognized	
  as	
  soon	
  as	
  they	
  can	
  be	
  reliably	
  estimated.	
  

Up-­‐front	
  non-­‐refundable	
  license	
  fees	
  and	
  royalty	
  revenue:	
  
Revenue	
   from	
   up-­‐front	
   non-­‐refundable	
   license	
   fees	
   is	
   recognized	
   on	
   a	
   straight-­‐line	
   basis	
   over	
   the	
   term	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
  
obligation	
   of	
   the	
   related	
   deliverables	
   unless	
   there	
   is	
   evidence	
   that	
   another	
   method	
   is	
   more	
   representative	
   of	
   the	
   stage	
   of	
  
completion.	
   	
   Royalty	
   revenue	
   from	
   the	
   third	
   party	
   use	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
   technology	
   is	
   recognized	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
   the	
  
royalty	
  agreement	
  and	
  when	
  the	
  revenue	
  can	
  be	
  reliably	
  measured.	
  

Financial	
  instruments	
  

Financial	
  assets:	
  
The	
   Company	
   classifies	
   financial	
   assets	
   as	
   either	
   fair	
   value	
   through	
   profit	
   or	
   loss,	
   held	
   to	
   maturity	
   investments,	
   loans	
   or	
  
receivables	
   or	
   available	
   for	
   sale	
   financial	
   assets	
   or	
   derivatives	
   as	
   appropriate.	
   	
   The	
   classification	
   of	
   a	
   financial	
   asset	
   is	
  
determined	
  at	
  the	
  time	
  of	
  initial	
  recognition	
  of	
  the	
  asset.	
  

Financial	
  assets	
  at	
  fair	
  value	
  through	
  profit	
  or	
  loss:	
  
The	
   Company’s	
   financial	
   assets	
   held	
   at	
   fair	
   value	
   through	
   profit	
   or	
   loss	
   consist	
   of	
   cash	
   and	
   cash	
   equivalents	
   and	
   restricted	
  
cash.	
  	
  	
  	
  

Loans	
  and	
  receivables:	
  
The	
  Company’s	
  loans	
  and	
  receivables	
  consist	
  of	
  accounts	
  receivable,	
  other	
  assets	
  and	
  income	
  taxes	
  recoverable.	
  	
  These	
  assets	
  
are	
   measured	
   initially	
   at	
   fair	
   value	
   on	
   the	
   consolidated	
   balance	
   sheet,	
   then	
   they	
   are	
   carried	
   at	
   amortized	
   cost	
   using	
   the	
  
effective	
  interest	
  method	
  less	
  any	
  related	
  impairment	
  losses.	
  	
  	
  

Held	
  to	
  maturity	
  investments:	
  
As	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   2010	
   and	
   January	
   1,	
   2010,	
   the	
   Company	
   did	
   not	
   have	
   any	
   held	
   to	
   maturity	
   investments	
   on	
   the	
  
consolidated	
  balance	
  sheet.	
  	
  	
  

Available	
  for	
  sale	
  financial	
  instruments:	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  2010	
  and	
  January	
  1,	
  2010,	
  the	
  Company	
  did	
  not	
  have	
  any	
  available	
  for	
  sale	
  financial	
  instruments	
  on	
  
the	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheet.	
  	
  	
  

Financial	
  liabilities:	
  
The	
   Company	
   classifies	
   financial	
   liabilities	
   at	
   fair	
   value	
   through	
   profit	
   or	
   loss,	
   loans	
   and	
   borrowings	
   or	
   as	
   derivatives	
  
designated	
  as	
  hedging	
  instruments.	
  	
  The	
  classification	
  of	
  a	
  financial	
  liability	
  is	
  determined	
  at	
  the	
  time	
  of	
  initial	
  recognition.	
  

Financial	
  liabilities	
  at	
  fair	
  value	
  through	
  profit	
  and	
  loss:	
  
The	
  Company’s	
  financial	
  liabilities	
  carried	
  at	
  fair	
  value	
  through	
  profit	
  or	
  loss	
  consist	
  of	
  liabilities	
  for	
  cash-­‐settled	
  share-­‐based	
  
payment	
  arrangements	
  under	
  the	
  Company’s	
  Stock	
  Appreciation	
  Rights	
  Plan	
  and	
  Restricted	
  Share	
  Unit	
  Plan.	
  See	
  note	
  16	
  for	
  
further	
  details.	
  

Loans	
  and	
  borrowings:	
  
The	
  Company’s	
  loans	
  and	
  borrowings	
  consist	
  of	
  accounts	
  payable,	
  income	
  taxes	
  payable,	
  current	
  portion	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt,	
  
long	
  term	
  debt,	
  current	
  portion	
  of	
  preferred	
  shares	
  and	
  preferred	
  shares.	
  	
  These	
  liabilities	
  are	
  measured	
  initially	
  at	
  fair	
  value	
  
plus	
  transaction	
  costs	
  on	
  the	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheet,	
  then	
  they	
  are	
  carried	
  at	
  amortized	
  cost	
  using	
  the	
  effective	
  interest	
  
method	
  less	
  any	
  related	
  impairment	
   losses.	
  	
  Transaction	
  costs	
  are	
  incremental	
  costs	
  directly	
  related	
  to	
  the	
  acquisition	
  of	
  a	
  
financial	
  asset	
  or	
  the	
  issuance	
  of	
  a	
  financial	
  liability.	
  The	
  Company	
  incurs	
  transaction	
  costs	
  primarily	
  through	
  the	
  issuance	
  of	
  
debt	
  and	
  classifies	
  these	
  costs	
  with	
  the	
  long	
  term	
  debt.	
  These	
  costs	
  are	
  amortized	
  using	
  the	
  effective	
  interest	
  method	
  over	
  
the	
  life	
  of	
  the	
  related	
  debt	
  instrument. 

35	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Share-­‐based	
  payments	
  

Equity-­‐settled	
  transactions:	
  
Equity-­‐settled	
  share-­‐based	
  payments	
  consist	
  of	
  stock	
  options	
  issued	
  by	
  the	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  to	
  directors,	
  
employees	
  or	
  other	
  people	
  who	
  provide	
  management	
  services	
  to	
  the	
  Company.	
  	
  The	
  cost	
  of	
  the	
  stock	
  options	
  granted	
  are	
  
measured	
   at	
   their	
   fair	
   value	
   at	
   the	
   date	
   on	
   which	
   they	
   were	
   granted.	
   	
   The	
   fair	
   value	
   is	
   estimated	
   using	
   the	
   Black-­‐Scholes	
  
option	
   pricing	
   model	
   and	
   it	
   factors	
   in	
   several	
   inputs.	
   	
   For	
   more	
   information	
   on	
   the	
   estimates	
   and	
   inputs	
   made	
   by	
   the	
  
Company,	
  refer	
  to	
  note	
  16.	
  

The	
  cost	
  of	
  equity-­‐settled	
  transactions	
  is	
  recognized	
  in	
  the	
  consolidated	
  statement	
  of	
  income	
  (loss)	
  over	
  the	
  period	
  in	
  which	
  
the	
  service	
  condition	
  is	
  fulfilled	
  with	
  the	
  corresponding	
  adjustment	
  added	
  to	
  the	
  contributed	
  surplus	
  account.	
  	
  No	
  expense	
  is	
  
recognized	
  for	
  awards	
  that	
  do	
  not	
  vest.	
  	
  Where	
  equity-­‐settled	
  transactions	
  are	
  cancelled	
  by	
  the	
  Company,	
  they	
  are	
  treated	
  as	
  
if	
   they	
   had	
   vested	
   and	
   any	
   unrecognized	
   expense	
   relating	
   to	
   the	
   cancelled	
   options	
   is	
   recognized	
   in	
   the	
   consolidated	
  
statement	
  of	
  income	
  (loss)	
  in	
  that	
  period.	
  

Cash-­‐settled	
  transactions:	
  
Cash-­‐settled	
  transactions	
  consist	
  of	
  the	
  SAR	
  and	
  RSU	
  plans.	
  	
  Stock	
  Appreciation	
  Rights	
  (“SAR”)	
  plans	
  are	
  granted	
  to	
  directors	
  
and	
  senior	
  management	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  and	
  each	
  unit	
  entitles	
  the	
  holder	
  to	
  the	
  cash	
  amount	
  of	
  the	
  difference	
  between	
  the	
  
value	
  specified	
  under	
  the	
  plan	
  and	
  the	
  market	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  common	
  shares	
  on	
  the	
  exercise	
  date.	
  	
  The	
  cost	
  of	
  SARs	
  
is	
  measured	
  initially	
  at	
  fair	
  value	
  which	
  is	
  determined	
  using	
  the	
  Black-­‐Scholes	
  option	
  pricing	
  model	
  and	
  it	
  is	
  expensed	
  over	
  the	
  
period	
  until	
  the	
  vesting	
  date	
  with	
  the	
  corresponding	
  adjustment	
  recognized	
  as	
  a	
  liability	
  on	
  the	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheet.	
  	
  
At	
  each	
  reporting	
  date,	
  the	
  liability	
  is	
  remeasured	
  to	
  fair	
  value,	
  with	
  the	
  corresponding	
  changes	
  in	
  fair	
  value	
  recognized	
  in	
  the	
  
statement	
  of	
  income	
  (loss).	
  

Restricted	
  Share	
  Unit	
  (“RSU”)	
  plans	
  are	
  granted	
  to	
  senior	
  management	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  and	
  each	
  unit	
  entitles	
  the	
  holder	
  to	
  
the	
  cash	
  equivalent	
  of	
  one	
  notional	
  common	
  share.	
  	
  The	
  cost	
  of	
  the	
  RSUs	
  is	
  measured	
  at	
  fair	
  value	
  which	
  is	
  determined	
  by	
  the	
  
Company’s	
   stock	
   price	
   on	
   the	
   grant	
   date.	
   	
   At	
   each	
   reporting	
   period,	
   the	
   RSUs	
   are	
   remeasured	
   to	
   fair	
   value	
   based	
   on	
   the	
  
trading	
  price	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  stock	
  at	
  the	
  reporting	
  date.	
  

Income	
  taxes	
  

Current	
  income	
  taxes:	
  
Current	
   income	
   tax	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities	
   for	
   the	
   current	
   and	
   prior	
   periods	
   are	
   measured	
   at	
   the	
   amount	
   expected	
   to	
   be	
  
recovered	
  from	
  or	
  paid	
  to	
  the	
  taxation	
  authorities.	
  	
  	
  

Deferred	
  taxes:	
  
Deferred	
  tax	
  is	
  accounted	
  for	
  using	
  the	
  liability	
  method	
  on	
  temporary	
  differences	
  at	
  the	
  reporting	
  date	
  between	
  the	
  tax	
  basis	
  
of	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  and	
  the	
  carrying	
  value	
  for	
  accounting	
  purposes.	
  	
  Deferred	
  tax	
  liabilities	
  are	
  recorded	
  for	
  all	
  temporary	
  
differences	
  other	
  than:	
  

•  Where	
  the	
  temporary	
  difference	
  arises	
  from	
  the	
  initial	
  recognition	
  of	
  goodwill,	
  or	
  
•  Where	
  the	
  temporary	
  difference	
  is	
  associated	
  with	
  investments	
  in	
  subsidiaries	
  can	
  be	
  controlled	
  and	
  it	
  is	
  probable	
  that	
  

the	
  temporary	
  difference	
  will	
  not	
  reverse	
  in	
  the	
  foreseeable	
  future.	
  

Deferred	
  tax	
  assets	
  are	
  recognized	
  for	
  all	
  deductible	
  temporary	
  differences,	
  carry	
  forward	
  of	
  unused	
  tax	
  credits	
  and	
  unused	
  
losses	
  to	
  the	
  extent	
  that	
  it	
  is	
  probable	
  that	
  the	
  taxable	
  profit	
  will	
  be	
  available	
  against	
  the	
  deductible	
  temporary	
  difference	
  and	
  
can	
  be	
  utilized.	
  

The	
  carrying	
  amount	
  of	
  deferred	
  tax	
  assets	
  is	
  reviewed	
  at	
  each	
  reporting	
  date	
  and	
  if	
  necessary,	
  reduced	
  to	
  the	
  extent	
  that	
  it	
  is	
  
no	
  longer	
  probable	
  that	
  the	
  future	
  taxable	
  income	
  will	
  be	
  sufficient	
  to	
  utilize	
  the	
  deferred	
  tax	
  asset.	
  	
  Unrecognized	
  deferred	
  
tax	
  assets	
  are	
  reassessed	
  at	
  each	
  reporting	
  period	
  and	
  if	
  it	
  is	
  probable	
  that	
  the	
  asset	
  will	
  be	
  recovered,	
  a	
  deferred	
  tax	
  asset	
  is	
  
recognized	
  to	
  that	
  extent.	
  

All	
  deferred	
  tax	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  are	
  measured	
  at	
  the	
  tax	
  rates	
  that	
  are	
  expected	
  to	
  apply	
  to	
  the	
  period	
  in	
  which	
  the	
  asset	
  
is	
  realized	
  or	
  the	
  liability	
  is	
  settled,	
  based	
  on	
  tax	
  rates	
  which	
  have	
  been	
  enacted	
  or	
  substantively	
  enacted	
  by	
  the	
  end	
  of	
  the	
  
reporting	
  period.	
  

36	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

4.  BUSINESS	
  ACQUISITION	
  

Business	
  acquisitions	
  are	
  accounted	
  for	
  using	
  the	
  acquisition	
  method	
  with	
  the	
  results	
  of	
  the	
  acquired	
  business	
  included	
  
in	
   the	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   since	
   their	
   effective	
   acquisition	
   date.	
   	
   Effective	
   January	
   4,	
   2010,	
   the	
   Company	
  
acquired	
   100%	
   of	
   the	
   issued	
   and	
   outstanding	
   shares	
   of	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   and	
   its	
   subsidiaries.	
   	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   was	
   a	
   privately	
   held	
  
company	
   based	
   out	
   of	
   Montreal,	
   Quebec	
   and	
   is	
   a	
   leading	
   provider	
   of	
   custom	
   engineered	
   fibreglass	
   reinforced	
   plastic	
   and	
  
dual-­‐laminate	
  composite	
  products	
  for	
  use	
  in	
  corrosion-­‐resistant	
  applications	
  in	
  the	
  power	
  generation,	
  chemical,	
  chloralkali,	
  
pulp	
  and	
  paper	
  and	
  other	
  industrial	
  sectors.	
  	
  	
  

As	
   indicated	
   in	
   note	
   3,	
   Significant	
   Accounting	
   Policies,	
   contingent	
   consideration	
   and	
   goodwill	
   relating	
   to	
   business	
  
combinations	
   are	
   recorded	
   differently	
   under	
   IFRS	
   as	
   opposed	
   to	
   previous	
   GAAP.	
   	
   The	
   net	
   assets	
   acquired	
   as	
   at	
   January	
   4,	
  
2010	
  and	
   aggregate	
   consideration	
  given,	
  are	
   presented	
   as	
   follows	
   under	
   IFRS	
   along	
   with	
   a	
   reconciliation	
   of	
   the	
   differences	
  
between	
  previous	
  GAAP	
  and	
  IFRS:	
  

Fair	
  value	
  of	
  net	
  assets	
  acquired	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Current	
  assets,	
  net	
  of	
  cash	
  acquired	
  
Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  
Intangible	
  assets	
  
	
   Customer	
  relationships,	
  eight	
  year	
  useful	
  life	
  
	
   Brands,	
  five	
  year	
  useful	
  life	
  

Intellectual	
  property,	
  10	
  year	
  useful	
  life	
  

	
   Non-­‐competition	
  agreement,	
  five	
  year	
  useful	
  life	
  
Goodwill	
  
Other	
  assets	
  
Total	
  assets	
  

Current	
  liabilities	
  
Deferred	
  tax	
  liabilities	
  
Long	
  term	
  liabilities,	
  other	
  than	
  deferred	
  taxes	
  
Total	
  liabilities	
  
Net	
  assets	
  acquired	
  

Consideration	
  given	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Previous	
  GAAP	
  
$	
  

Re-­‐measurements	
  
$	
  

9,854	
  
6,030	
  

3,277	
  
1,088	
  
2,220	
  
320	
  
12,327	
  
23	
  
35,139	
  

(9,487)	
  
(2,842)	
  
(2,365)	
  
(14,694)	
  
20,455	
  

—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
2,329	
  
—	
  
2,329	
  

—	
  
(64)	
  
—	
  
(64)	
  
2,265	
  

Previous	
  GAAP	
  
$	
  

Re-­‐measurements	
  
$	
  

Cash	
  
1,636,490	
  common	
  shares	
  issued	
  at	
  a	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  $3.63	
  per	
  share	
  
1,078,948	
  preferred	
  shares	
  issued	
  by	
  a	
  subsidiary	
  of	
  the	
  	
  
	
   Company	
  [note	
  12]	
  
Contingent	
  consideration	
  
Acquisition	
  costs	
  
Total	
  consideration	
  

7,800	
  
5,940	
  

5,970	
  
—	
  
735	
  
20,445	
  

—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
3,000	
  
(735)	
  
2,265	
  

IFRS	
  
$	
  

9,854	
  
6,030	
  

3,277	
  
1,088	
  
2,220	
  
320	
  
14,656	
  
23	
  
37,468	
  

(9,487)	
  
(2,906)	
  
(2,365)	
  
(14,758)	
  
22,710	
  

IFRS	
  
$	
  

7,800	
  
5,940	
  

5,970	
  
3,000	
  
—	
  
22,710	
  

37	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Goodwill	
  and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  impairment:	
  

Due	
   to	
   the	
   operating	
   losses	
   experienced	
   in	
   ZCL	
   Dualam,	
   the	
   Company	
   conducted	
   an	
   impairment	
   test	
   on	
   the	
   goodwill	
   and	
  
intangible	
  assets	
  acquired	
  as	
  at	
  September	
  30,	
  2010.	
  	
  An	
  impairment	
  loss	
  of	
  $10,271,000	
  and	
  $159,000	
  was	
  recognized	
  on	
  the	
  
goodwill	
   and	
   intangible	
   assets	
   respectively	
   using	
   previous	
   GAAP	
   standards.	
   	
   Under	
   IFRS,	
   impairment	
   losses	
   of	
   $12,692,000	
  
and	
  $4,226,000	
  are	
  recognized	
  for	
  goodwill	
  and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  respectively.	
  	
  As	
  at	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  
carrying	
   amount	
   of	
   goodwill	
   and	
   intangible	
   assets	
   relating	
   to	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   is	
   $2,091,000	
   and	
   $1,550,000	
   respectively.	
   	
  The	
  
differences	
  between	
  IFRS	
  and	
  previous	
  GAAP	
  were	
  retroactively	
  recognized	
  in	
  these	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  	
  For	
  
further	
  information	
  regarding	
  the	
  restated	
  opening	
  balances	
  for	
  the	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  period,	
  refer	
  to	
  note	
  27.	
  

Contingent	
  consideration:	
  

The	
   contingent	
   consideration	
   recognized	
   on	
   the	
   acquisition	
   of	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   relates	
   to	
   an	
   earn-­‐out	
   provision	
   whereby	
   the	
  
vendor	
  could	
  have	
  earned	
  up	
  to	
  an	
  additional	
  $6,000,000	
  over	
  the	
  first	
  two	
  years	
  after	
  the	
  acquisition	
  (annual	
  maximum	
  of	
  
$3,000,000).	
  	
  The	
  earn-­‐out	
  was	
  calculated	
  on	
  a	
  pre-­‐defined	
  formula	
  based	
  on	
  the	
  EBITDA	
  of	
  the	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  divisions.	
  	
  The	
  
initial	
   budget	
   for	
   the	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   divisions	
   prepared	
   shortly	
   after	
   the	
   acquisition	
   indicated	
   that	
   the	
   EBITDA	
   requirements	
  
would	
  not	
  have	
  been	
  met	
  for	
  the	
  2010	
  year,	
  but	
  the	
  full	
  EBITDA	
  target	
  was	
  expected	
  to	
  be	
  met	
  for	
  the	
  2011	
  earn-­‐out	
  period;	
  
therefore	
   a	
   provision	
   of	
   $3,000,000	
   was	
   set	
   up	
   on	
   the	
   acquisition	
   as	
   per	
   the	
   requirements	
   under	
   IFRS	
   3:	
   “Business	
  
Combinations”.	
  	
  	
  

Further	
  economic	
  analysis	
  performed	
  on	
  the	
  market	
  segments	
  serviced	
  by	
  the	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  divisions	
  showed	
  a	
  reduction	
  in	
  
the	
  projects	
  being	
  sent	
  out	
  for	
  bid	
  and	
  increasing	
  price	
  competition	
  on	
  available	
  jobs.	
  	
  As	
  a	
  result,	
  the	
  analysis	
  indicated	
  that	
  
ZCL	
  Dualam	
  would	
  not	
  likely	
  meet	
  the	
  minimum	
  EBITDA	
  targets	
  defined	
  in	
  the	
  earn-­‐out	
  provisions	
  and	
  a	
  gain	
  of	
  $3,000,000	
  
was	
   recognized	
   in	
   the	
   September	
   30,	
   2010	
   period.	
   The	
   differences	
   between	
   IFRS	
   and	
   previous	
   GAAP	
   were	
   retroactively	
  
recognized	
  in	
  these	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  	
  	
  

5. 

INVENTORIES	
  

As	
  at	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Raw	
  materials	
  
Work	
  in	
  progress	
  
Finished	
  goods	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

January	
  1,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

8,846	
  
5,950	
  
9,475	
  
24,271	
  

9,302	
  
2,966	
  
6,491	
  
18,759	
  

7,826	
  
3,719	
  
8,398	
  
19,943	
  

During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  there	
  was	
  a	
  write	
  down	
  of	
  $175,000	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  -­‐	
  $49,000)	
  of	
  inventory	
  
to	
  its	
  net	
  realizable	
  value.	
  	
  	
  

6.  MANUFACTURING	
  AND	
  SELLING	
  COSTS	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Raw	
  materials	
  and	
  consumables	
  used	
  
Labour	
  costs	
  
Other	
  costs	
  
Net	
  change	
  in	
  inventories	
  of	
  finished	
  goods	
  and	
  	
  
	
   work	
  in	
  progress	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

45,345	
  
24,357	
  
43,858	
  

(5,968)	
  

107,592	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

41,041	
  
30,488	
  
36,017	
  

2,370	
  

109,916	
  

38	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

7.  PROPERTY,	
  PLANT	
  AND	
  EQUIPMENT	
  

Land	
  
$	
  

Buildings	
  
$	
  

	
   Manufacturing	
   Office	
  
Equip.	
  
$	
  

Equip.	
  
$	
  

Leaseholds	
  
$	
  

3,501	
  
2,690	
  
6,191	
  

6,006	
  
—	
  
6,006	
  

2,629	
  
—	
  
2,629	
  

22,616	
  
—	
  
22,616	
  

3,119	
  
—	
  
3,119	
  

—	
  

4	
  

128	
  

527	
  

376	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Cost	
  
As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  
IFRS	
  re-­‐measurements	
  
Restated	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  

Additions	
  
Acquired	
  through	
  business	
  

combination	
  

Disposals	
  
Impairment	
  losses	
  
Reclassified	
  as	
  held	
  for	
  sale	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  

Additions	
  
Disposals	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  on	
  assets	
  
	
   held	
  for	
  sale	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

Accumulated	
  Depreciation	
  
As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  
IFRS	
  re-­‐measurements	
  
Restated	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  

Depreciation	
  
Disposals	
  
Reclassified	
  as	
  held	
  for	
  sale	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  

Depreciation	
  
Disposals	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

853	
  
(371)	
  
—	
  
(304)	
  
(58)	
  
6,311	
  

—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
2	
  
6,313	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  

Carrying	
  Amount	
  
As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

6,191	
  
6,311	
  
6,313	
  

3,446	
  
(290)	
  
(375)	
  
(847)	
  
(271)	
  
7,673	
  

278	
  
—	
  

(8)	
  
109	
  
8,052	
  

1,570	
  
—	
  
1,570	
  

234	
  
(28)	
  
(205)	
  
19	
  
1,590	
  

275	
  
—	
  
(38)	
  
1,827	
  

4,436	
  
6,083	
  
6,264	
  

358	
  
(73)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(100)	
  
2,942	
  

310	
  
(61)	
  

—	
  
35	
  
3,226	
  

732	
  
—	
  
732	
  

239	
  
(35)	
  
—	
  
56	
  
992	
  

338	
  
(12)	
  
128	
  
1,446	
  

1,168	
  
(1,912)	
  
(361)	
  
—	
  
(1,187)	
  
20,851	
  

950	
  
(1,740)	
  

—	
  
87	
  
20,148	
  

10,542	
  
26	
  
10,568	
  

1,414	
  
(1,261)	
  
—	
  
(968)	
  
9,753	
  

1,131	
  
(1,321)	
  
17	
  
9,580	
  

1,897	
  
1,950	
  
1,780	
  

12,048	
  
11,098	
  
10,568	
  

186	
  
(65)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(162)	
  
3,454	
  

200	
  
(67)	
  

—	
  
11	
  
3,598	
  

2,008	
  
—	
  
2,008	
  

338	
  
(56)	
  
—	
  
11	
  
2,301	
  

346	
  
(51)	
  
5	
  
2,601	
  

1,111	
  
1,153	
  
997	
  

Auto	
  
Equip.	
  
$	
  

524	
  
—	
  
524	
  

107	
  

214	
  
(376)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(52)	
  
417	
  

15	
  
(30)	
  

—	
  
6	
  
408	
  

274	
  
—	
  
274	
  

89	
  
(373)	
  
—	
  
101	
  
91	
  

78	
  
(17)	
  
6	
  
158	
  

Total	
  
$	
  

38,395	
  
2,690	
  
41,085	
  

1,142	
  

6,225	
  
(3,087)	
  
(736)	
  
(1,151)	
  
(1,830)	
  
41,648	
  

1,753	
  
(1,898)	
  

(8)	
  
250	
  
41,745	
  

15,126	
  
26	
  
15,152	
  

2,314	
  
(1,753)	
  
(205)	
  
(781)	
  
14,727	
  

2,168	
  
(1,401)	
  
118	
  
15,612	
  

250	
  
326	
  
250	
  

25,933	
  
26,921	
  
26,172	
  

Capital	
   work	
   in	
   progress	
   of	
   $524,000	
   (December	
   31,	
   2010	
   -­‐	
   $180,000)	
   is	
   included	
   above	
   and	
   is	
   not	
   subject	
   to	
  
depreciation.	
   	
  Included	
   in	
   this	
   figure	
   is	
   $251,000	
   in	
   buildings	
   (improvements)	
   and	
   $273,000	
   in	
   manufacturing	
  
equipment.	
   	
  Assets	
   held	
   for	
   sale	
   of	
   $952,000	
   (December	
   31,	
   2010	
   -­‐	
   $946,000)	
   are	
   comprised	
   of	
   land	
   and	
   buildings	
  
which	
  have	
  been	
  determined	
  to	
  be	
  surplus	
  to	
  the	
  Company’s	
  needs.	
  

39	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

8. 

INTANGIBLE	
  ASSETS	
  

Customer	
  
Relationships	
  
$	
  

Brands	
  
$	
  

Internally	
  
Developed	
  
ERP	
  
Software	
  
$	
  

Deferred	
  
Development	
  
Costs	
  
$	
  

Product	
  
Certifications	
  
$	
  

Other	
  
$	
  

Total	
  
$	
  

6,246	
  

3,071	
  

2,539	
  

1,194	
  

102	
  

1,539	
  

14,691	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Cost	
  
As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  

Additions	
  
Acquired	
  through	
  business	
  

combinations	
  

Disposals	
  
Impairment	
  losses	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  

Additions	
  
Disposals	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

Accumulated	
  Depreciation	
  
As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  

Depreciation	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  

Depreciation	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

Carrying	
  Amount	
  
As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

—	
  

—	
  

705	
  

—	
  

3,277	
  
—	
  
(2,798)	
  
(293)	
  
6,432	
  

—	
  
—	
  
117	
  
6,549	
  

1,088	
  
—	
  
(480)	
  
(144)	
  
3,535	
  

—	
  
—	
  
58	
  
3,593	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
3,244	
  

—	
  
—	
  
33	
  
3,277	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
1,194	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
1,194	
  

2,868	
  

870	
  

—	
  

727	
  

1,213	
  
(161)	
  
3,920	
  

895	
  
97	
  
4,912	
  

3,378	
  
2,512	
  
1,637	
  

495	
  
(50)	
  
1,315	
  

411	
  
31	
  
1,757	
  

2,201	
  
2,220	
  
1,836	
  

245	
  
(5)	
  
240	
  

322	
  
9	
  
571	
  

2,539	
  
3,004	
  
2,706	
  

297	
  
—	
  
1,024	
  

170	
  
—	
  
1,194	
  

467	
  
170	
  
—	
  

—	
  

—	
  
(32)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
70	
  

—	
  
(70)	
  
—	
  
—	
  

—	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  

236	
  

941	
  

2,540	
  
—	
  
(949)	
  
(47)	
  
3,319	
  

25	
  
—	
  
19	
  
3,363	
  

6,905	
  
(32)	
  
(4,227)	
  
(484)	
  
17,794	
  

25	
  
(70)	
  
227	
  
17,976	
  

745	
  

5,210	
  

457	
  
(23)	
  
1,179	
  

370	
  
14	
  
1,563	
  

2,707	
  
(239)	
  
7,678	
  

2,168	
  
151	
  
9,997	
  

102	
  
70	
  
—	
  

794	
  
2,140	
  
1,800	
  

9,481	
  
10,116	
  
7,979	
  

Other	
  intangible	
  assets	
  include	
  licenses,	
  patents,	
  air	
  permits,	
  non-­‐patented	
  technology	
  and	
  costs	
  related	
  to	
  an	
  RTP-­‐1	
  
certification.	
   As	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   incurred	
   $286,000	
   in	
   expenditures	
   relating	
   to	
   the	
   RTP-­‐1	
  
certification	
  project	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  -­‐	
  $268,000).	
  The	
  certification	
  is	
  still	
  in	
  progress	
  and	
  no	
  depreciation	
  has	
  been	
  
recorded	
  against	
  the	
  RTP-­‐1	
  costs.	
  

40	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

9.  BANK	
  INDEBTEDNESS	
  

Bank	
  indebtedness	
  consists	
  of	
  amounts	
  drawn	
  under	
  available	
  credit	
  facilities	
  and	
  cheques	
  issued	
  in	
  excess	
  of	
  related	
  bank	
  
balances;	
  the	
  Company	
  has	
  a	
  maximum	
  of	
  $20	
  million	
  of	
  available	
  credit	
  under	
  this	
  operating	
  facility.	
  	
  The	
  operating	
  facility	
  is	
  
repayable	
  on	
  demand	
  and	
  expires	
  on	
  May	
  31,	
  2012;	
  however	
  the	
  operating	
  facility	
  is	
  typically	
  renewed	
  on	
  an	
  annual	
  basis	
  
with	
  the	
  Company’s	
  primary	
  lender.	
  	
  The	
  rate	
  of	
  interest	
  charged	
  on	
  the	
  operating	
  credit	
  facility	
  for	
  Canadian	
  dollar	
  balances	
  
is	
  prime	
  plus	
  100	
  basis	
  points.	
  	
  The	
  rate	
  of	
  interest	
  charged	
  on	
  the	
  operating	
  credit	
  facility	
  for	
  US	
  dollar	
  balances	
  is	
  US	
  prime	
  
plus	
  100	
  basis	
  points.	
  	
  	
  

The	
  Company	
  has	
  pledged	
  as	
  general	
  collateral	
  for	
  advances	
  under	
  the	
  operating	
  credit	
  facility	
  a	
  general	
  security	
  agreement	
  
on	
   present	
   and	
   future	
   assets,	
   guarantees	
   from	
   each	
   present	
   and	
   future	
   direct	
   and	
   indirect	
   subsidiary	
   of	
   the	
   Company	
  
supported	
   by	
   a	
   first	
   registered	
   security	
   over	
   all	
   present	
   and	
   future	
   assets,	
   and	
   pledge	
   of	
   shares.	
   The	
   Company	
   is	
   not	
  
permitted	
   to	
   sell	
   or	
   re-­‐pledge	
   significant	
   assets	
   held	
   under	
   collateral	
   without	
   consent	
   from	
   the	
   lenders.	
   	
   The	
   Company	
   is	
  
required	
   to	
   meet	
   certain	
   covenants	
   as	
   a	
   condition	
   of	
   the	
   debt	
   agreements.	
   At	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   was	
   in	
  
compliance	
  with	
  all	
  restrictive	
  covenants	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  operating	
  credit	
  facility.	
  

10.  PROVISIONS	
  AND	
  CONTINGENCIES	
  

a)	
   Provisions	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  

Amounts	
  used	
  against	
  the	
  provision	
  
Additional	
  provision	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  

Amounts	
  used	
  against	
  the	
  provision	
  
Additional	
  provision	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  

Warranty	
  
$	
  

Self-­‐insured	
  
liabilities	
  
$	
  

256	
  

(575)	
  
741	
  
(15)	
  
407	
  

(521)	
  
650	
  
7	
  
543	
  

374	
  

(141)	
  
102	
  
(16)	
  
319	
  

—	
  
121	
  
10	
  
450	
  

Other	
  
$	
  

30	
  

(26)	
  
24	
  
(1)	
  
27	
  

(227)	
  
824	
  
17	
  
641	
  

Total	
  
$	
  

660	
  

(742)	
  
867	
  
(32)	
  
753	
  

(748)	
  
1,595	
  
34	
  
1,634	
  

Of	
  the	
  $1,634,000	
  in	
  provisions	
  described	
  above,	
  the	
  Company	
  expects	
  $1,185,000	
  to	
  settle	
  within	
  12	
  months	
  of	
  the	
  
balance	
  sheet	
  date,	
  the	
  remaining	
  $449,000	
  of	
  provisions	
  are	
  classified	
  as	
  long	
  term	
  liabilities	
  on	
  the	
  balance	
  sheet.	
  

b)	
   Contingencies	
  

In	
  the	
  normal	
  conduct	
  of	
  operations,	
  various	
  legal	
  claims	
  or	
  actions	
  are	
  pending	
  against	
  the	
  Company	
  in	
  connection	
  with	
  its	
  
products	
  and/or	
  other	
  commercial	
  matters.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  carries	
  liability	
  insurance,	
  subject	
  to	
  certain	
  deductibles	
  and	
  policy	
  
limits,	
  against	
  such	
  claims.	
  	
  Based	
  on	
  advice	
  and	
  information	
  provided	
  by	
  legal	
  counsel,	
  management	
  records	
  losses,	
  if	
  any,	
  in	
  
the	
  period	
  in	
  which	
  uncertainty	
  regarding	
  such	
  matters	
  is	
  resolved	
  and	
  the	
  amount	
  of	
  the	
  loss	
  can	
  be	
  reasonably	
  estimated.	
  	
  	
  

41	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

11.  LONG	
  TERM	
  DEBT	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Term	
  loan	
  
Other	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Total	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Less	
  current	
  portion	
  

a)	
   Term	
  loan	
  	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

January	
  1,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

4,168	
  
2,106	
  
6,274	
  
1,687	
  
4,587	
  

8,487	
  
2,644	
  
11,131	
  
3,398	
  
7,733	
  

4,500	
  
846	
  
5,346	
  
2,343	
  
3,003	
  

During	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   elected	
   to	
   convert	
   its	
   Canadian	
   banker’s	
   acceptance	
   based	
   term	
  
loan	
  to	
  a	
  US	
  dollar	
  based	
  LIBOR	
  loan	
  as	
  permitted	
  by	
  the	
  existing	
  credit	
  facility.	
  	
  Excluding	
  financing	
  cost,	
  the	
  principal	
  balance	
  
of	
  the	
  term	
  loan	
  as	
  of	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  is	
  $4,144,000	
  USD	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  –	
  $8,487,000	
  Canadian	
  dollars)	
  which	
  is	
  a	
  
reasonable	
  estimate	
  of	
  its	
  fair	
  value.	
  	
  	
  

During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  Company	
  amended	
  certain	
  financial	
  covenants	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  term	
  loan	
  that	
  
took	
  effect	
  during	
  the	
  fourth	
  quarter	
  of	
  the	
  2011	
  fiscal	
  year.	
  	
  The	
  term	
  loan	
  requires	
  monthly	
  interest	
  payments	
  and	
  quarterly	
  
principal	
  repayments	
  of	
  $337,500	
  Canadian	
  dollars,	
  with	
  the	
  balance	
  due	
  on	
  maturity	
  on	
  May	
  31,	
  2013.	
  	
  The	
  interest	
  charged	
  
on	
  the	
  loan	
  is	
  the	
  US	
  dollar	
  based	
  LIBOR	
  rate	
  plus	
  250	
  basis	
  points.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  is	
  also	
  subject	
  to	
  mandatory	
  prepayments	
  
of	
   outstanding	
   principal	
   equal	
   to	
   100%	
   of	
   any	
   net	
   proceeds	
   on	
   asset	
   disposals	
   and	
   insurance	
   proceeds	
   received	
   by	
   the	
  
Company.	
  	
  During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  Company	
  repaid	
  $2,936,000	
  Canadian	
  dollars	
  of	
  principal	
  relating	
  
to	
  proceeds	
  from	
  asset	
  sales	
  and	
  the	
  settlement	
  of	
  a	
  note	
  receivable	
  on	
  the	
  disposal	
  of	
  the	
  Home	
  Heating	
  Oil	
  Tank	
  division.	
  	
  
Transaction	
  costs	
  directly	
  attributable	
  to	
  the	
  term	
  loan	
  are	
  recorded	
  as	
  part	
  of	
  the	
  carrying	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  debt	
  and	
  reflected	
  in	
  
the	
  measurement	
  of	
  the	
  amortized	
  cost	
  of	
  the	
  obligation	
  using	
  the	
  effective	
  interest	
  method.	
  

The	
  term	
  loan	
  is	
  secured	
  through	
  a	
  collateral	
  mortgage	
  over	
  four	
  properties	
  owned	
  by	
  the	
  Company.	
  	
  The	
  carrying	
  amount	
  of	
  
these	
  four	
  properties	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  is	
  $6,754,000.	
  	
  As	
  part	
  of	
  the	
  term	
  loan	
  renewal	
  process,	
  an	
  appraisal	
  of	
  the	
  
four	
  properties	
  was	
  performed	
  on	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  which	
  indicated	
  an	
  estimated	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  $12,965,000	
  for	
  the	
  secured	
  
properties.	
   	
   Given	
   the	
   recent	
   valuation	
   of	
   these	
   properties,	
   these	
   appraisals	
   fairly	
   represent	
   the	
   fair	
   values	
   of	
   the	
   secured	
  
properties	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   operating	
   and	
   term	
   credit	
   facilities	
   are	
   utilized	
   as	
   required	
   throughout	
   the	
   year.	
   	
   Both	
   credit	
   facilities	
   bear	
  
interest	
  at	
  floating	
  rates	
  and	
  changes	
  in	
  interest	
  rates	
  would	
  affect	
  the	
  Company’s	
  exposure	
  to	
  interest	
  rate	
  risk	
  in	
  servicing	
  
the	
  facilities	
  (see	
  note	
  23a).	
  	
  	
  

b)	
   Other	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  

Other	
   long	
   term	
   debt	
   includes	
   long	
   term	
   financing	
   assumed	
   with	
   the	
   acquisition	
   of	
   ZCL	
   Dualam,	
   along	
   with	
   a	
   financing	
  
agreement	
   involving	
   software	
   license	
   fees,	
   services	
   and	
   equipment	
   relating	
   to	
   the	
   Company’s	
   internally	
   developed	
   ERP	
  
software	
  and	
  related	
  hardware	
  components.	
  

The	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  requires	
  monthly	
  repayments	
  of	
  $15,100	
  plus	
  interest,	
  maturing	
  in	
  November	
  2023,	
  and	
  is	
  
collateralized	
  by	
  the	
  assets	
  financed.	
  	
  The	
  loan	
  bears	
  interest	
  at	
  0.25%	
  above	
  the	
  base	
  rate	
  of	
  the	
  Business	
  Development	
  Bank	
  
of	
  Canada	
  (“BDC”).	
  	
  Subsequent	
  to	
  the	
  year	
  end,	
  this	
  loan	
  was	
  paid	
  out	
  and	
  the	
  balance	
  of	
  the	
  term	
  loan	
  was	
  increased	
  by	
  
$2,000,000	
  Canadian	
  dollars.	
  	
  For	
  additional	
  details,	
  please	
  refer	
  to	
  note	
  26.	
  

The	
  finance	
  agreements	
  require	
  repayments	
  of	
  $30,300	
  including	
  interest	
  where	
  applicable,	
  monthly	
  with	
  the	
  balance	
  due	
  on	
  
maturity	
  in	
  May	
  2012.	
  	
  The	
  finance	
  agreements,	
  depending	
  on	
  the	
  nature	
  of	
  the	
  amounts	
  financed,	
  have	
  rates	
  of	
  interest	
  that	
  
vary	
   between	
   0%	
   and	
   7.15%	
   per	
   annum.	
   	
   The	
   amount	
   of	
   debt	
   will	
   be	
   accreted	
   to	
   its	
   face	
   value	
   over	
   the	
   term	
   of	
   the	
  
instrument	
  with	
  the	
  offsetting	
  charge	
  to	
  interest	
  expense.	
  

42	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

12.  PREFERRED	
  SHARES	
  

In	
  conjunction	
  with	
  the	
  business	
  acquisition	
  of	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  as	
  described	
  in	
  note	
  4,	
  on	
  January	
  4,	
  2010,	
  1,078,948	
  preferred	
  
shares	
  were	
  issued	
  by	
  a	
  subsidiary	
  of	
  the	
  Company,	
  with	
  a	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  $5,970,000.	
  The	
  preferred	
  shares	
  have	
  a	
  term	
  of	
  five	
  
years	
  and	
  a	
  cumulative	
  annual	
  dividend	
  rate	
  of	
  4.4%	
  payable	
  quarterly.	
  	
  In	
  addition,	
  the	
  preferred	
  shares	
  in	
  years	
  three	
  to	
  
five,	
  are	
  redeemable	
  by	
  the	
  Company	
  for	
  cash	
  or	
  exchangeable	
  by	
  the	
  vendor	
  for	
  the	
  Company’s	
  common	
  shares	
  at	
  a	
  rate	
  of	
  
$4.75	
   per	
   common	
   share.	
   	
   If	
   the	
   shares	
   remain	
   outstanding	
   at	
   the	
   end	
   of	
   five	
   years	
   and	
   have	
   not	
   been	
   converted	
   by	
   the	
  
vendor,	
  they	
  are	
  required	
  to	
  be	
  redeemed	
  by	
  the	
  Company	
  for	
  cash.	
  	
  	
  

The	
   preferred	
   shares	
   have	
   been	
   accounted	
   for	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
   IAS	
   39:	
   “Financial	
   Instruments:	
   Recognition	
   and	
  
Measurement”	
   and	
   IAS	
   32:	
   “Financial	
   Instruments:	
   Presentation”.	
   	
   Under	
   this	
   guidance,	
   the	
   Company	
   valued	
   the	
   financial	
  
instrument	
  as	
  a	
  whole	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  the	
  liability	
  component	
  of	
  the	
  financial	
  instrument.	
  	
  The	
  difference	
  between	
  the	
  estimated	
  
fair	
  values	
  of	
  the	
  liability	
  and	
  the	
  entire	
  instrument	
  was	
  recorded	
  as	
  equity.	
  	
  On	
  the	
  valuation	
  date,	
  the	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  liability	
  
component	
   preferred	
   shares	
   was	
   calculated	
   to	
   be	
   $5,125,000	
   and	
   the	
   amount	
   allocated	
   to	
   equity	
   was	
   $845,000.	
   	
   The	
   fair	
  
value	
  at	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  acquisition	
  is	
  still	
  a	
  reasonable	
  measure	
  of	
  fair	
  value	
  as	
  at	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  	
  	
  	
  

The	
  current	
  portion	
  of	
  the	
  preferred	
  shares	
  relates	
  to	
  accrued	
  interest	
  payable.	
  The	
  liability	
  component	
  was	
  calculated	
  using	
  
a	
  discount	
  rate	
  of	
  4.4%	
  and	
  a	
  maturity	
  date	
  of	
  five	
  years	
  from	
  date	
  of	
  issue.	
  	
  The	
  accrued	
  interest	
  payable	
  on	
  the	
  preferred	
  
share	
  dividend	
  was	
  $57,000	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  -­‐	
  $57,000)	
  and	
  is	
  presented	
  as	
  a	
  current	
  liability.	
  	
  
The	
  long	
  term	
  portion	
  of	
  the	
  preferred	
  shares	
  have	
  a	
  carrying	
  value	
  of	
  $5,125,000	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  (December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  -­‐	
  $5,125,000)	
  and	
  is	
  presented	
  as	
  a	
  long	
  term	
  liability	
  on	
  the	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements.	
  

13.  COMMITMENTS	
  

Lease	
  Commitment	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  minimum	
  annual	
  payments	
  under	
  the	
  terms	
  of	
  all	
  operating	
  leases	
  are	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

2012	
  
2013	
  
2014	
  
2015	
  
2016	
  
Thereafter	
  

14.  DIVIDENDS	
  PAID	
  

$	
  
2,675	
  
2,535	
  
1,892	
  
1,047	
  
688	
  
408	
  

The	
  Company	
  did	
  not	
  declare	
  or	
  pay	
  any	
  dividends	
  during	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  however	
  subsequent	
  to	
  year	
  
end,	
  the	
  Company’s	
  board	
  of	
  directors	
  declared	
  a	
  dividend	
  of	
  $288,000	
  to	
  be	
  paid	
  on	
  April	
  2,	
  2012,	
  equivalent	
  to	
  $0.01	
  per	
  
common	
  share	
  for	
  all	
  shareholders	
  of	
  record	
  as	
  of	
  March	
  7,	
  2012.	
  	
  During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010,	
  dividends	
  in	
  
the	
  amount	
  of	
  $845,000	
  were	
  paid	
  on	
  April	
  12,	
  2010,	
  equivalent	
  to	
  $0.03	
  per	
  share	
  for	
  all	
  shareholders	
  of	
  record	
  on	
  April	
  8,	
  
2010.	
  

15.  SHARE	
  CAPITAL	
  	
  

Authorized	
  

Unlimited	
  number	
  of	
  common	
  shares	
  with	
  no	
  par	
  or	
  stated	
  value.	
  

Issued	
  and	
  outstanding	
  

During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  Company	
  issued	
  no	
  new	
  shares.	
  	
  For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010,	
  the	
  
Company	
  issued	
  1,636,490	
  common	
  shares	
  at	
  $3.63	
  per	
  share.	
  	
  The	
  total	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  these	
  shares	
  is	
  $5,940,000	
  less	
  issuance	
  
costs	
  of	
  $14,000	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  acquisition	
  of	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  referred	
  to	
  in	
  note	
  4.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  also	
  issued	
  550,000	
  shares	
  at	
  
$2.31	
   per	
   share	
   during	
   the	
   December	
   31,	
   2010	
   period	
   through	
   a	
   private	
   placement.	
   	
   During	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
  

43	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

2010,	
  the	
  Company	
  issued	
  69,999	
  common	
  shares	
  for	
  options	
  exercised.	
  	
  3,332	
  stock	
  options	
  exercised	
  had	
  an	
  exercise	
  price	
  
of	
  $3.75	
  and	
  66,667	
  stock	
  options	
  had	
  an	
  exercise	
  price	
  of	
  $2.90,	
  resulting	
  in	
  cash	
  proceeds	
  to	
  the	
  Company	
  of	
  $206,000	
  less	
  
$14,000	
  in	
  share	
  issuance	
  costs	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010.	
  	
  	
  

There	
   were	
   no	
   amounts	
   credited	
   to	
   share	
   capital	
   during	
   the	
   year	
   as	
   no	
   options	
   were	
   exercised	
   during	
   2011.	
   	
   Amounts	
  
credited	
  to	
  share	
  capital	
  related	
  to	
  options	
  exercised	
  included	
  $65,000	
  during	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  for	
  options	
  
in	
  respect	
  of	
  compensation	
  expense	
  previously	
  included	
  in	
  contributed	
  surplus.	
  

16.  SHARE-­‐BASED	
  PAYMENTS	
  

The	
  Black-­‐Scholes	
  option	
  pricing	
  model,	
  used	
  by	
  the	
  Company	
  to	
  calculate	
  the	
  values	
  of	
  options,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  other	
  currently	
  
accepted	
   option	
   valuation	
   models,	
   was	
   developed	
   to	
   estimate	
   the	
   fair	
   value	
   of	
   freely	
   tradable,	
   fully-­‐transferable	
   options	
  
without	
  vesting	
  restrictions.	
  These	
  models	
  require	
  subjective	
  assumptions,	
  including	
  future	
  share	
  price	
  volatility	
  and	
  expected	
  
time	
  until	
  exercise,	
  which	
  affect	
  the	
  calculated	
  values.	
  

a)  Stock	
  options	
  

Under	
  the	
  Company’s	
  stock	
  option	
  plan,	
  options	
  to	
  purchase	
  common	
  shares	
  may	
  be	
  granted	
  by	
  the	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  to	
  
directors,	
   employees,	
   and	
   persons	
   who	
   provide	
   management	
   or	
   consulting	
   services	
   to	
   the	
   Company.	
   	
   The	
   shareholders	
  
authorized	
  the	
  number	
  of	
  options	
  that	
  may	
  be	
  granted	
  under	
  the	
  plan	
  to	
  be	
  not	
  more	
  than	
  10%	
  of	
  the	
  issued	
  and	
  outstanding	
  
shares	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  on	
  a	
  non-­‐diluted	
  basis	
  provided	
  that	
  the	
  number	
  of	
  listed	
  securities	
  that	
  may	
  be	
  reserved	
  for	
  issuance	
  
under	
  stock	
  options	
  granted	
  to	
  any	
  one	
  individual	
  or	
  insiders	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  not	
  exceed	
  5%	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  issued	
  and	
  
outstanding	
  securities.	
  	
  The	
  exercise	
  price	
  of	
  options	
  granted	
  cannot	
  be	
  less	
  than	
  the	
  closing	
  market	
  price	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  
common	
  shares	
  on	
  the	
  last	
  trading	
  day	
  preceding	
  the	
  grant.	
  	
  The	
  Company’s	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  may	
  determine	
  the	
  term	
  of	
  
the	
  options	
  but	
  such	
  term	
  cannot	
  be	
  greater	
  than	
  five	
  years	
  from	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  issuance.	
  	
  Vesting	
  terms,	
  eligibility	
  of	
  qualifying	
  
individuals	
  to	
  receive	
  options	
  and	
  the	
  number	
  of	
  options	
  issued	
  to	
  individual	
  participants	
  are	
  determined	
  by	
  the	
  Company’s	
  
Board	
  of	
  Directors.	
  	
  The	
  plan	
  has	
  no	
  cash	
  settlement	
  features.	
  	
  Options	
  generally	
  expire	
  90	
  days	
  from	
  the	
  date	
  on	
  which	
  a	
  
participant	
  ceases	
  to	
  be	
  a	
  director,	
  officer,	
  employee,	
  management	
  company	
  employee	
  or	
  consultant	
  of	
  the	
  Company.	
  

As	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   has	
   2,207,498	
   (2010	
   –	
   1,414,000)	
   options	
   outstanding,	
   which	
   expire	
   on	
   dates	
  
between	
  December	
  2013	
  and	
  December	
  2016.	
  	
  The	
  outstanding	
  options	
  vest	
  evenly	
  over	
  a	
  three-­‐year	
  period	
  commencing	
  on	
  
the	
  anniversary	
  of	
  the	
  original	
  grant	
  date.	
  	
  As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  747,469	
  (2010	
  –	
  590,119)	
  of	
  the	
  outstanding	
  options	
  
were	
   vested	
   and	
   exercisable	
   into	
   common	
   shares.	
   	
   The	
   following	
   table	
   presents	
   the	
   changes	
   to	
   the	
   options	
   outstanding	
  
during	
  each	
  of	
  the	
  fiscal	
  periods:	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

Weighted	
  
average	
  
exercise	
  	
  
price	
  

4.01	
  
3.10	
  
—	
  
4.39	
  
4.55	
  
3.44	
  

Stock	
  
	
  	
  	
  options	
  

1,414,000	
  
1,195,000	
  
—	
  
(351,502)	
  
(50,000)	
  
2,207,498	
  

Weighted	
  
average	
  
exercise	
  
Price	
  

3.99	
  
3.88	
  
2.94	
  
3.81	
  
—	
  
4.01	
  

Stock	
  
options	
  

955,667	
  
642,500	
  
(69,999)	
  
(114,168)	
  
—	
  
1,414,000	
  

Balance,	
  as	
  at	
  January	
  1	
  
Granted	
  
Exercised	
  
Forfeited	
  
Expired	
  
Balance,	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31	
  

44	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

2011	
  

Options	
  Outstanding	
  
Weighted	
  
Average	
  
Exercise	
  
Price	
  
$	
  

Weighted	
  Average	
  
Remaining	
   	
  
Contractual	
   	
  
Life	
  in	
  Years	
  
#	
  

3.75	
   	
  
3.87	
   	
  
4.09	
   	
  
3.05	
   	
  
3.23	
   	
  
3.15	
   	
  
3.44	
   	
  

1.94	
  
3.02	
  
3.19	
  
4.19	
  
4.40	
  
4.93	
  
3.55	
  

2010	
  

Options	
  Outstanding	
  
Weighted	
  
Average	
  
Exercise	
  
Price	
  
$	
  

Weighted	
  Average	
  
Remaining	
  
Contractual	
   	
  
Life	
  in	
  Years	
  
#	
  

4.55	
  
10.14	
  
7.67	
  
3.75	
   	
  
3.87	
   	
  
4.09	
   	
  
4.01	
   	
  

0.47	
  
1.92	
  
2.21	
  
2.94	
  
4.02	
  
4.19	
  
3.27	
  

Stock	
  
options	
  
#	
  

579,999	
  
464,999	
  
22,500	
  
510,000	
  
7,500	
  
622,500	
  
2,207,498	
  

Stock	
  
options	
  
#	
  

50,000	
  
37,400	
  
1,600	
  
737,500	
  
565,000	
  
22,500	
  
1,414,000	
  

Exercise	
  
Price	
  
$	
  

3.75	
  
3.87	
  
4.09	
  
3.05	
  
3.23	
  
3.15	
  

	
   3.05	
  –	
  4.09	
  

Exercise	
  
	
  Price	
  
$	
  

4.55	
  
10.14	
  
7.67	
  
3.75	
  
3.87	
  
4.09	
  
	
   3.75	
  –	
  10.14	
  

Options	
  Exercisable	
  

Weighted	
  
Average	
  
Exercise	
  
Price	
  
$	
  

3.75	
  
3.87	
  
4.09	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
3.78	
  

Stock	
  
options	
  
#	
  

579,999	
  
159,972	
  
7,498	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
747,769	
  

Options	
  Exercisable	
  

Stock	
  
options	
  
#	
  

50,000	
  
37,400	
  
1,067	
  
501,652	
  
—	
  
—	
  
590,119	
  

Average	
  
Exercise	
  
Price	
  
$	
  

4.55	
  
10.14	
  
7.67	
  
3.75	
  
—	
  
—	
  
4.23	
  

During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  1,195,000	
  options	
  were	
  granted	
  (2010	
  –	
  642,500).	
  	
  622,500	
  options	
  were	
  granted	
  
on	
  December	
  6,	
  2011	
  at	
  an	
  exercise	
  price	
  of	
  $3.15,	
  565,000	
  options	
  were	
  granted	
  on	
  March	
  11,	
  2011	
  at	
  an	
  exercise	
  price	
  of	
  
$3.05	
  and	
  7,500	
  options	
  were	
  granted	
  on	
  May	
  25,	
  2011	
  at	
  an	
  exercise	
  price	
  of	
  $3.23.	
  	
  During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  
2010,	
   642,500	
   options	
   were	
   granted.	
   	
   620,000	
   options	
   were	
   granted	
   on	
   January	
   7,	
   2010	
   at	
   an	
   exercise	
   price	
   of	
   $3.87	
   and	
  
22,500	
   options	
   were	
   granted	
   on	
   March	
   10,	
   2010	
   at	
   an	
   exercise	
   price	
   of	
   $4.09.	
   	
   3,332	
   stock	
   options	
   exercised	
   that	
   had	
   an	
  
exercise	
   price	
   of	
   $3.75	
   and	
   66,667	
   options	
   exercised	
   had	
   an	
   exercise	
   price	
   of	
   $2.90,	
   resulting	
   in	
   cash	
   proceeds	
   to	
   the	
  
Company	
  of	
  $206,000	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010.	
  

The	
  Company	
  cancelled	
  351,502	
  stock	
  options	
  (2010	
  –	
  114,168)	
  during	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  with	
  an	
  average	
  
exercise	
   price	
   of	
   $4.39	
   (2010	
   –	
   3.81).	
   	
   During	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   50,000	
   stock	
   options	
   expired	
   with	
   an	
  
exercise	
  price	
  of	
  $4.55	
  (2010	
  –	
  nil).	
  	
  	
  

During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  $nil	
  (2010	
  –	
  $65,000)	
  was	
  credited	
  to	
  share	
  capital	
  related	
  to	
  options	
  exercised	
  in	
  
respect	
  of	
  compensation	
  expense	
  previously	
  included	
  in	
  contributed	
  surplus.	
  

The	
  Company	
  uses	
  the	
  fair	
  value	
  method	
  of	
  accounting	
  for	
  all	
  stock	
  options	
  granted	
  to	
  employees.	
  	
  The	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  stock	
  
options	
  at	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  grant	
  or	
  transfer	
  is	
  determined	
  using	
  the	
  Black-­‐Scholes	
  option	
  pricing	
  model	
  with	
  assumptions	
  for	
  risk-­‐
free	
  interest	
  rates,	
  dividend	
  yield,	
  volatility	
  factors	
  of	
  the	
  expected	
  market	
  prices	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  common	
  shares,	
  expected	
  
forfeitures	
  and	
  an	
  expected	
  life	
  of	
  the	
  instrument.	
  	
  Share-­‐based	
  compensation	
  expense	
  is	
  recognized	
  using	
  a	
  graded	
  vesting	
  
model.	
  	
  During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  share-­‐based	
  compensation	
  expense	
  of	
  $508,000	
  (2010	
  -­‐	
  $791,000)	
  was	
  
recorded	
   in	
   manufacturing	
   and	
   selling	
   costs	
   and	
   general	
   and	
   administration	
   expenses	
   in	
   the	
   consolidated	
   statements	
   of	
  
income	
  (loss).	
  

45	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

The	
   estimated	
   fair	
   values	
   of	
   stock	
   options	
   granted	
   are	
   determined	
   at	
   the	
   date	
   of	
   the	
   grant	
   using	
   the	
   Black-­‐Scholes	
   option	
  
pricing	
  model	
  with	
  the	
  following	
  weighted	
  average	
  assumptions	
  resulting	
  in	
  a	
  fair	
  value	
  per	
  option	
  of	
  $0.90,	
  $1.21	
  and	
  $0.97	
  
for	
  the	
  three	
  issuances	
  granted	
  respectively	
  ($1.28	
  and	
  $1.34	
  during	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December,	
  2010	
  respectively).	
  

Risk-­‐free	
  interest	
  rate	
  (%)	
  
Expected	
  hold	
  period	
  to	
  exercise	
  (years)	
  
Volatility	
  in	
  the	
  price	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  shares	
  (%)	
  
Forfeiture	
  rate	
  (%)	
  
Dividend	
  yield	
  (%)	
  

2011	
  
1.7	
  
3.2	
  
	
  49.8	
  
5.0	
  
1.7	
  

2010	
  
2.3	
  
4.0	
  
53.4	
  
2.6	
  
3.0	
  

The	
   expected	
   hold	
   period,	
   volatility	
   and	
   dividend	
   yield	
   are	
   based	
   on	
   management’s	
   judgments	
   in	
   regard	
   to	
   the	
   Company’s	
  
past	
  history	
  and	
  expectations	
  for	
  the	
  future.	
  	
  The	
  above	
  figures	
  reflect	
  the	
  average	
  parameters	
  used	
  in	
  all	
  three	
  grants	
  issued	
  
during	
  the	
  2011	
  year	
  and	
  both	
  grants	
  during	
  the	
  2010	
  year.	
  

b)  Stock	
  Appreciation	
  Rights	
  (SARs)	
  and	
  Restricted	
  Share	
  Units	
  (RSUs)	
  

2011	
  

SARs	
  
#	
  

RSUs	
  
#	
  

2010	
  

SARs	
  
#	
  

RSUs	
  
#	
  

Balance,	
  as	
  at	
  January	
  1	
  

67,743	
  

11,840	
  

153,090	
  

23,000	
  

Granted	
  
Cancelled	
  /	
  expired	
  
Forfeited	
  
Exercised	
  
Balance,	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31	
  

—	
  
(62,743)	
  
(5,000)	
  
—	
  
—	
  

—	
  
—	
  
(4,440)	
  
—	
  
7,400	
  

—	
  
(73,930)	
  
(11,417)	
  
—	
  
67,743	
  

73,125	
  
—	
  
(77,685)	
  
	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  (6,600)	
  
11,840	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  have	
  approved	
  a	
  Stock	
  Appreciation	
  Rights	
  Plan	
  whereby	
  SARs	
  may	
  be	
  granted	
  to	
  directors,	
  
officers	
  and	
  employees	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  at	
  the	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors’	
  discretion.	
  Each	
  SAR	
  entitles	
  the	
  holder	
  to	
  the	
  cash	
  amount	
  
for	
  the	
  difference	
  between	
  the	
  value	
  specified	
  under	
  the	
  plan	
  and	
  the	
  intrinsic	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  common	
  shares	
  on	
  the	
  
exercise	
  date.	
  When	
  granted,	
  the	
  rights	
  vest	
  equally	
  over	
  a	
  three	
  year	
  period	
  following	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  grant	
  and	
  expire	
  one	
  year	
  
after	
  each	
  vested	
  year.	
  	
  No	
  SARs	
  were	
  granted	
  in	
  2011	
  or	
  2010.	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  Board	
  of	
  Directors	
  also	
  approved	
  a	
  Restricted	
  Share	
  Unit	
  Plan	
  where	
  each	
  designated	
  executive	
  receives	
  an	
  
annual	
   grant	
   of	
   RSUs	
   as	
   part	
   of	
   their	
   compensation	
   at	
   the	
   board’s	
   discretion.	
   Each	
   RSU	
   represents	
   one	
   notional	
   common	
  
share	
  that	
  entitles	
  the	
  participant	
  to	
  an	
  equivalent	
  cash	
  amount	
  upon	
  attainment	
  of	
  both	
  performance	
  targets	
  and	
  a	
  specified	
  
time	
  period,	
  three	
  to	
  four	
  years,	
  following	
  the	
  year	
  of	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  grant.	
  	
  There	
  were	
  no	
  RSU’s	
  granted	
  during	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011.	
   	
   On	
   January	
   7,	
   2010,	
   73,125	
   RSUs	
   were	
   granted	
   to	
   employees	
   and	
   directors	
   of	
   the	
   Company	
   with	
   an	
  
exercise	
  price	
  of	
  $3.87.	
  	
  	
  	
  	
  

For	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011,	
   in	
   the	
   consolidated	
   statement	
   of	
   income	
   (loss),	
   a	
   recovery	
   in	
   manufacturing	
   and	
  
selling	
   costs	
   and	
   general	
   and	
   administration	
   expenses	
   of	
   $5,000	
   (2010	
   –$13,000)	
   was	
   recorded	
   relating	
   to	
   the	
   RSUs.	
   	
   No	
  
expenses	
  were	
  incurred	
  during	
  2011	
  or	
  2010	
  relating	
  to	
  SAR’s.	
  	
  As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  a	
  liability	
  of	
  $23,000	
  (December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  -­‐	
  $28,000)	
  was	
  recorded	
  on	
  the	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheet	
  relating	
  to	
  RSUs.	
  	
  No	
  liability	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  SARs	
  existed	
  as	
  
at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  or	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  because	
  it	
  is	
  unlikely	
  that	
  there	
  will	
  be	
  any	
  cash	
  settlement	
  related	
  to	
  the	
  SARs	
  
due	
  to	
  the	
  low	
  trading	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  shares	
  relative	
  to	
  the	
  exercise	
  price	
  of	
  the	
  SARs.	
  

46	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

17.  INCOME	
  TAXES	
  

The	
  Company's	
  effective	
  income	
  tax	
  expense	
  has	
  been	
  determined	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Statutory	
  federal	
  and	
  provincial	
  taxes	
  at	
  27.03%	
  (2010	
  –	
  28.65%)	
  
Increase	
  (decrease)	
  in	
  income	
  taxes	
  resulting	
  from:	
  
	
   Rate	
  differences	
  for	
  foreign	
  jurisdictions	
  
	
   Effect	
  of	
  permanent	
  differences	
  
	
   Non-­‐taxable	
  foreign	
  income,	
  other	
  tax	
  exempt	
  income	
  and	
  other	
  items	
  

Significant	
  components	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  deferred	
  tax	
  liabilities	
  are	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  
Land	
  
Intangible	
  assets	
  
Inventories	
  
Refundable	
  insurance	
  premiums	
  
Non-­‐deductible	
  reserves	
  and	
  accrued	
  liabilities	
  
Loss	
  carry	
  forward	
  
Scientific	
  research	
  and	
  experimental	
  development	
  credits	
  
Other	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

1,246	
  

39	
  
257	
  
(388)	
  
1,154	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

3,239	
  
343	
  
1,862	
  
571	
  
118	
  
(603)	
  
(308)	
  
(161)	
  
7	
  
5,068	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

(5,928)	
  

(292)	
  
2,963	
  
(733)	
  
(3,990)	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

3,284	
  
348	
  
1,996	
  
335	
  
122	
  
(443)	
  
(690)	
  
—	
  
(104)	
  
4,848	
  

The	
  Company	
  has	
  U.S.	
  federal	
  and	
  state	
  loss	
  carry	
  forwards	
  of	
  approximately	
  US$264,000	
  and	
  US$1,538,000	
  respectively	
  that	
  
are	
   available	
   to	
   reduce	
   the	
   taxable	
   income	
   of	
   certain	
   US	
   subsidiaries	
   that	
   expire	
   at	
   varying	
   times	
   from	
   2012	
   to	
   2031.	
   	
   The	
  
Company	
  also	
  has	
  Canadian	
  non-­‐capital	
  loss	
  of	
  $603,000	
  which	
  will	
  expire	
  from	
  2029	
  to	
  2031	
  and	
  may	
  be	
  applied	
  to	
  reduce	
  
taxable	
   income	
   in	
   the	
   future.	
   The	
   potential	
   income	
   tax	
   benefits	
   related	
   to	
   these	
   losses	
   have	
   been	
   recognized	
   in	
   these	
  
financial	
  statements.	
  	
  	
  

18.  DISCONTINUED	
  OPERATIONS	
  

On	
   May	
   31,	
   2011,	
   the	
   Company	
   disposed	
   of	
   the	
   steel	
   tank	
   division	
   for	
   cash	
   proceeds	
   of	
   $800,000.	
   On	
   June	
   14,	
   2010,	
   the	
  
Company	
  disposed	
  of	
  the	
  Home	
  Heating	
  Oil	
  Tank	
  (“HHOT”)	
  division	
  which	
  included	
  all	
  related	
  inventory	
  and	
  equipment	
  for	
  
cash	
  proceeds	
  of	
  $300,000	
  and	
  a	
  loan	
  payable	
  to	
  the	
  Company	
  with	
  a	
  face	
  value	
  of	
  $1,700,000	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010.	
  The	
  
loan	
  was	
  paid	
  out	
  in	
  cash	
  proceeds	
  of	
  $1,336,000	
  on	
  March	
  16,	
  2011.	
  

47	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

a)  The	
  results	
  of	
  the	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  are	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Revenue	
  
Manufacturing	
  and	
  selling	
  costs	
  

Depreciation	
  
General	
  and	
  administration	
  
Gain	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  equipment	
  
Loss	
  on	
  impairment	
  of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  

Loss	
  before	
  income	
  taxes	
  
Income	
  tax	
  recovery	
  
Net	
  loss	
  from	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  

b)  The	
  carrying	
  amounts	
  of	
  the	
  assets	
  disposed	
  are	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Inventory	
  
Equipment	
  
Total	
  carrying	
  values	
  of	
  assets	
  disposed	
   

c)  Cash	
  used	
  in	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  are	
  as	
  follows:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Cash	
  flows	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  
Net	
  loss	
  
Add	
  items	
  not	
  affecting	
  cash:	
  
	
   Depreciation	
  
	
   Gain	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
	
   Loss	
  on	
  impairment	
  of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  
Cash	
  used	
  in	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  

19.  EARNINGS	
  PER	
  SHARE	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

2,066	
  
2,277	
  
(211)	
  

19	
  
26	
  
(31)	
  
—	
  
14	
  
(225)	
  
(61)	
  
(164)	
  

May	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  

530	
  
397	
  
927	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

(164)	
  

19	
  
(31)	
  
—	
  
(176)	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

6,050	
  
6,850	
  
(800)	
  

229	
  
—	
  
(1,038)	
  
361	
  
(448)	
  
(352)	
  
(203)	
  
(149)	
  

June	
  14,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

424	
  
575	
  
999 

2010	
  
$	
  

(149)	
  

229	
  
(1,038)	
  
361	
  
(597)	
  

The	
   following	
   table	
   sets	
   forth	
   the	
   net	
   income	
   (loss)	
   available	
   to	
   common	
   shareholders	
   and	
   weighted-­‐average	
   number	
   of	
  
common	
  shares	
  outstanding	
  for	
  the	
  computation	
  of	
  basic	
  and	
  diluted	
  earnings	
  per	
  share:	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  

Numerator	
  (in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  

Net	
  loss	
  from	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  
Net	
  income	
  (loss)	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

3,454	
  

(16,700)	
  

(164)	
  
3,290	
  
2011	
  

(149)	
  
(16,849)	
  
2010	
  

48	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Denominator	
  (in	
  thousands)	
  

Weighted	
  average	
  shares	
  outstanding	
  -­‐	
  basic	
  
Effect	
  of	
  dilutive	
  securities:	
  
	
   Stock	
  options	
  
Weighted	
  average	
  shares	
  outstanding	
  -­‐	
  diluted	
  

20.  RELATED	
  PARTY	
  TRANSACTIONS	
  

a)  Transactions	
  in	
  the	
  normal	
  course	
  of	
  operations:	
  

#	
  

28,802	
  

—	
  
28,802	
  

#	
  

28,311	
  

—	
  
28,311 

Certain	
  manufacturing	
  components	
  purchased	
  for	
  $30,000	
  (2010	
  -­‐	
  $82,000)	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  included	
  
in	
   manufacturing	
   and	
   selling	
   costs	
   in	
   the	
   consolidated	
   statements	
   of	
   income	
   (loss)	
   or	
   inventories	
   were	
   provided	
   by	
   a	
  
corporation	
  whose	
  Chairman	
  and	
  CEO	
  is	
  a	
  director	
  of	
  the	
  Company.	
  The	
  transactions	
  were	
  incurred	
  in	
  the	
  normal	
  course	
  of	
  
operations	
   and	
   recorded	
   at	
   the	
   exchange	
   amount	
   being	
   normal	
   commercial	
   rates	
   for	
   the	
   products.	
   Accounts	
   payable	
   and	
  
accrued	
  liabilities	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  included	
  $nil	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  -­‐	
  $13,000)	
  owing	
  to	
  the	
  corporation.	
  There	
  are	
  no	
  
ongoing	
  contractual	
  or	
  other	
  commitments	
  resulting	
  from	
  these	
  transactions.	
  

b)  Transactions	
  with	
  key	
  management	
  and	
  directors:	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Salaries,	
  benefits	
  and	
  director	
  fees	
  
Share-­‐based	
  payments	
  
Termination	
  benefits	
  
Total	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

1,126	
  
164	
  
—	
  
1,290	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

1,300	
  
252	
  
750	
  
2,302	
  

The	
  Company	
  has	
  identified	
  the	
  named	
  executive	
  officers	
  as	
  key	
  management	
  to	
  the	
  Company	
  in	
  addition	
  to	
  the	
  members	
  of	
  
the	
  board	
  of	
  directors.	
  	
  The	
  figures	
  above	
  are	
  included	
  in	
  general	
  and	
  administrative	
  expenses	
  for	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  
31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010.	
  	
  Share-­‐based	
  payments	
  are	
  the	
  amount	
  of	
  expense	
  recognized	
  in	
  the	
  consolidated	
  statement	
  of	
  income	
  
(loss)	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  identified	
  key	
  management	
  and	
  directors.	
  

21.  FINANCE	
  EXPENSE	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Short-­‐term	
  interest,	
  net	
  of	
  interest	
  income	
  
Interest,	
  long	
  term	
  obligations	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

940	
  
332	
  
1,272	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

805	
  
558	
  
1,363	
  

49	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

22.  STATEMENT	
  OF	
  CASH	
  FLOWS	
  

Supplementary	
  disclosures	
  required	
  in	
  respect	
  of	
  the	
  statement	
  of	
  cash	
  flows	
  are	
  as	
  follows:	
  

a) 

Interest	
  and	
  income	
  taxes	
  paid	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
   

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Net	
  interest	
  paid	
  
Income	
  taxes	
  paid	
  

b)  Cash	
  used	
  in	
  business	
  acquisitions,	
  net	
  of	
  cash	
  acquired	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
   

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Cash	
  consideration	
  paid	
  [note	
  4]	
  
Acquisition	
  costs	
  
Less:	
  cash	
  acquired	
  in	
  business	
  acquisition	
  
Cash	
  used	
  in	
  business	
  acquisition,	
  net	
  of	
  cash	
  acquired	
  

23.  FINANCIAL	
  INSTRUMENTS	
  

Financial	
  risk	
  management	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

1,206	
  
133	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

1,377	
  
432	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

7,800	
  
735	
  
(415)	
  
8,120	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  activities	
  expose	
  it	
  to	
  a	
  variety	
  of	
  financial	
  risks	
  including	
  market	
  risk	
  (foreign	
  exchange	
  risk	
  and	
  interest	
  rate	
  
risk),	
   credit	
   risk	
   and	
   liquidity	
   risk.	
   Management	
   reviews	
   these	
   risks	
   on	
   an	
   ongoing	
   basis	
   to	
   ensure	
   that	
   the	
   risks	
   are	
  
appropriately	
   managed.	
   The	
   Company	
   may	
   use	
   foreign	
   exchange	
   forward	
   contracts	
   to	
   manage	
   exposure	
   to	
   fluctuations	
   in	
  
foreign	
   exchange	
   from	
   time	
   to	
   time.	
   The	
   Company	
   does	
   not	
   currently	
   have	
   a	
   practice	
   of	
   trading	
   derivatives	
   and	
   had	
   no	
  
derivative	
  instruments	
  outstanding	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  	
  	
  

a) 

Interest	
  rate	
  risk	
  	
  

The	
  Company’s	
  objective	
  in	
  managing	
  interest	
  rate	
  risk	
  is	
  to	
  monitor	
  expected	
  volatility	
  in	
  interest	
  rates	
  while	
  also	
  minimizing	
  
the	
   Company’s	
   financing	
   expense	
   levels.	
   Interest	
   rate	
   risk	
   mainly	
   arises	
   from	
   fluctuations	
   of	
   interest	
   rates	
   and	
   the	
   related	
  
impact	
   on	
   the	
   return	
   earned	
   on	
   cash	
   and	
   cash	
   equivalents,	
   restricted	
   cash	
   and	
   the	
   expense	
   on	
   floating	
   rate	
   debt.	
   On	
   an	
  
ongoing	
   basis,	
   management	
   monitors	
   changes	
   in	
   short	
   term	
   interest	
   rates	
   and	
   considers	
   long	
   term	
   forecasts	
   to	
   assess	
   the	
  
potential	
  cash	
  flow	
  impact	
  to	
  the	
  Company.	
  The	
  Company	
  does	
  not	
  currently	
  hold	
  any	
  financial	
  instruments	
  to	
  mitigate	
  its	
  
interest	
   rate	
   risk.	
   Cash	
   and	
   cash	
   equivalents	
   and	
   restricted	
   cash	
   earn	
   interest	
   based	
   on	
   market	
   interest	
   rates.	
   Bank	
  
indebtedness	
  balances	
  and	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  have	
  floating	
  interest	
  rates	
  which	
  are	
  subject	
  to	
  market	
  fluctuations.	
  

The	
   effective	
   interest	
   rate	
   on	
   the	
   bank	
   indebtedness	
   balance	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   was	
   prime	
   plus	
   100	
   basis	
   points,	
   4%	
  
(December	
   31,	
   2010	
   -­‐	
   prime	
   plus	
   175	
   basis	
   points,	
   4.75%)	
   adjusted	
   quarterly	
   based	
   on	
   certain	
   financial	
   indicators	
   of	
   the	
  
Company.	
   	
   The	
   effective	
   interest	
   rate	
   on	
   the	
   term	
   loan	
   balance	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   was	
   US	
   LIBOR	
   rate	
   plus	
   250	
   basis	
  
points,	
   2.75%,	
   adjusted	
   quarterly	
   based	
   on	
   certain	
   financial	
   indicators	
   of	
   the	
   Company.	
   The	
   Dualam	
   long	
   term	
   debt	
   bears	
  
interest	
  at	
  25	
  basis	
  points	
  above	
  the	
  base	
  rate	
  of	
  the	
  Business	
  Development	
  Bank	
  of	
  Canada	
  (“BDC”).	
  	
  With	
  other	
  variables	
  
unchanged,	
  an	
  increase	
  or	
  decrease	
  of	
  100	
  basis	
  points	
  in	
  the	
  US	
  LIBOR	
  and	
  Canadian	
  prime	
  interest	
  rate	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  
2011	
  would	
  have	
  impacted	
  net	
  income	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  then	
  ended	
  by	
  approximately	
  $131,000.	
  See	
  note	
  26	
  on	
  BDC	
  loan	
  payout.	
  

50	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

b)  Foreign	
  exchange	
  risk	
  	
  

The	
  Company	
  operates	
  on	
  an	
  international	
  basis	
  and	
  is	
  subject	
  to	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  risk	
  exposures	
  arising	
  from	
  transactions	
  
denominated	
  in	
  foreign	
  currencies.	
  The	
  Company’s	
  objective	
  with	
  respect	
  to	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  risk	
  is	
  to	
  minimize	
  the	
  impact	
  
of	
  the	
  volatility	
  related	
  to	
  financial	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  denominated	
  in	
  a	
  foreign	
  currency	
  where	
  possible	
  through	
  effective	
  
cash	
   flow	
   management.	
   	
   Foreign	
   currency	
   exchange	
   risk	
   is	
   limited	
   to	
   the	
   portion	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
   business	
   transactions	
  
denominated	
  in	
  currencies	
  other	
  than	
  Canadian	
  dollars.	
  The	
  Company’s	
  most	
  significant	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  risk	
  arises	
  primarily	
  
with	
   respect	
   to	
   the	
   US	
   dollar.	
   The	
   revenues	
   and	
   expenses	
   of	
   the	
   Company’s	
   US	
   operations	
   are	
   denominated	
   in	
   US	
   dollars.	
  
Certain	
   of	
   the	
   revenue	
   and	
   expenses	
   of	
   the	
   Canadian	
   operations	
   are	
   also	
   denominated	
   in	
   US	
   dollars.	
   The	
   Company	
   is	
   also	
  
exposed	
  to	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  risk	
  associated	
  with	
  the	
  euro	
  due	
  to	
  its	
  operations	
  in	
  The	
  Netherlands,	
  however	
  these	
  amounts	
  
are	
   not	
   significant	
   to	
   the	
   Company’s	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   results.	
   On	
   an	
   ongoing	
   basis,	
   management	
   monitors	
   changes	
   in	
  
foreign	
   currency	
   exchange	
   rates	
   as	
   well	
   as	
   considering	
   long	
   term	
   forecasts	
   to	
   assess	
   the	
   potential	
   cash	
   flow	
   impact	
   to	
   the	
  
Company.	
  During	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  Company	
  converted	
  Canadian	
  dollar	
  cash	
  to	
  US	
  dollar	
  cash	
  to	
  help	
  
mitigate	
   foreign	
   exchange	
   exposures	
   resulting	
   from	
   fluctuations	
   in	
   exposed	
   monetary	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities.	
   	
   The	
   Company	
  
continues	
  to	
  monitor	
  its	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  exposure	
  on	
  monetary	
  assets.	
  

The	
  tables	
  that	
  follow	
  provide	
  an	
  indication	
  of	
  the	
  Company’s	
  exposure	
  to	
  changes	
  in	
  the	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  US	
  dollar	
  relative	
  to	
  the	
  
Canadian	
   dollar	
   as	
   at	
   and	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2011.	
   	
   The	
   analysis	
   is	
   based	
   on	
   financial	
   assets	
   and	
   liabilities	
  
denominated	
  in	
  US	
  dollars	
  at	
  the	
  end	
  of	
  the	
  period	
  (“balance	
  sheet	
  exposure”),	
  which	
  are	
  separated	
  by	
  domestic	
  and	
  foreign	
  
operations,	
  and	
  US	
  dollar	
  denominated	
  revenue	
  and	
  operating	
  expenses	
  during	
  the	
  period	
  (“operating	
  exposure”).	
  

Balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  US	
  dollars)	
  	
  

Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  
Accounts	
  receivable	
  
Restricted	
  cash	
  
Accounts	
  payable	
  and	
  accrued	
  liabilities	
  
Trade	
  balances	
  with	
  self-­‐sustaining	
  foreign	
  entities	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Net	
  balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  

Operating	
  exposure	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  US	
  dollars)	
  

Sales	
  
Operating	
  expenses	
  
Net	
  operating	
  exposure	
  

Foreign	
  
Operations	
  
$	
  

Domestic	
  
Operations	
  
$	
  

473	
  
8,767	
  
250	
  
(8,713)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
777	
  

30	
  
4,077	
  
—	
  
(1,341)	
  
(3,046)	
  
(4,141)	
  
(4,421)	
  

Total	
  
$	
  

503	
  
12,844	
  
250	
  
(10,054)	
  
(3,046)	
  
(4,141)	
  
(3,644)	
  

$	
  

82,582	
  
75,319	
  
7,263	
  

The	
  weighted	
  average	
  US	
  to	
  Canadian	
  dollar	
  translation	
  rate	
  was	
  0.99	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  The	
  translation	
  
rate	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  was	
  1.02.	
  

Based	
  on	
  the	
  Company’s	
  foreign	
  currency	
  exposures	
  noted	
  above,	
  with	
  other	
  variables	
  unchanged,	
  a	
  twenty	
  percent	
  change	
  
in	
  the	
  Canadian	
  dollar	
  would	
  have	
  impacted	
  net	
  income	
  as	
  follows:	
  

51	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  US	
  dollars)	
  

$	
  

Net	
  balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  of	
  other	
  operations	
  
Net	
  operating	
  exposure	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
  
Change	
  in	
  net	
  income	
  
Other	
  comprehensive	
  income	
  (loss)	
  would	
  have	
  changed	
  $100,000	
  if	
  the	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  Canadian	
  dollar	
  fluctuated	
  by	
  20%	
  due	
  
to	
  the	
  net	
  balance	
  sheet	
  exposure	
  of	
  financial	
  assets	
  and	
  liabilities	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations.	
  The	
  timing	
  and	
  volume	
  of	
  the	
  above	
  
transactions	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  the	
  timing	
  of	
  their	
  settlement	
  could	
  impact	
  the	
  sensitivity	
  analysis.	
  

(566)	
  
930	
  
364	
  

c)  Credit	
  risk	
  

Credit	
  risk	
  is	
  the	
  risk	
  of	
  a	
  financial	
  loss	
  to	
  the	
  Company	
  if	
  a	
  customer	
  or	
  counterparty	
  to	
  a	
  financial	
  instrument	
  fails	
  to	
  meet	
  its	
  
contractual	
   obligations.	
   The	
   Company	
   is	
   exposed	
   to	
   credit	
   risk	
   through	
   its	
   cash	
   and	
   cash	
   equivalents,	
   restricted	
   cash	
   and	
  
accounts	
  receivable.	
  The	
  Company	
  manages	
  the	
  credit	
  risk	
  associated	
  with	
  its	
  cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  and	
  restricted	
  cash	
  
by	
  holding	
  its	
  funds	
  with	
  reputable	
  financial	
  institutions	
  and	
  investing	
  only	
  in	
  highly	
  rated	
  securities	
  that	
  are	
  traded	
  on	
  active	
  
markets	
   and	
   are	
   capable	
   of	
   prompt	
   liquidation.	
   Credit	
   risk	
   for	
   trade	
   and	
   other	
   accounts	
   receivable	
   are	
   managed	
   through	
  
established	
  credit	
  monitoring	
  activities.	
  The	
  Company	
  also	
  mitigates	
  its	
  credit	
  risk	
  on	
  trade	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  by	
  obtaining	
  a	
  
cash	
   deposit	
   from	
   certain	
   customers	
   with	
   no	
   prior	
   order	
   history	
   with	
   the	
   Company	
   or	
   where	
   the	
   Company	
   perceives	
   the	
  
customer	
  has	
  a	
  higher	
  level	
  of	
  risk.	
  	
  

The	
  Company	
  has	
  a	
  concentration	
  of	
  customers	
  in	
  the	
  oil	
  and	
  gas	
  and	
  corrosion	
  sectors.	
  The	
  concentration	
  risk	
  is	
  mitigated	
  by	
  
the	
  number	
  of	
  customers	
  and	
  by	
  a	
  significant	
  portion	
  of	
  the	
  customers	
  being	
  large	
  international	
  organizations.	
  As	
  at	
  
December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  2010	
  no	
  single	
  customer	
  exceeded	
  10%	
  of	
  the	
  consolidated	
  trade	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  balance.	
  Losses	
  
under	
  trade	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  have	
  not	
  historically	
  been	
  significant.	
  The	
  creditworthiness	
  of	
  new	
  and	
  existing	
  customers	
  is	
  
subject	
  to	
  review	
  by	
  management	
  by	
  considering	
  such	
  items	
  as	
  the	
  type	
  of	
  customer,	
  prior	
  order	
  history	
  and	
  the	
  size	
  of	
  the	
  
order.	
  Decisions	
  to	
  extend	
  credit	
  to	
  new	
  customers	
  are	
  approved	
  by	
  management	
  and	
  the	
  creditworthiness	
  of	
  existing	
  
customers	
  is	
  monitored.	
  

The	
  Company	
  reviews	
  its	
  trade	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  regularly	
  and	
  amounts	
  are	
  written	
  down	
  to	
  their	
  expected	
  realizable	
  value	
  
when	
  the	
  account	
  is	
  determined	
  not	
  to	
  be	
  fully	
  collectable.	
  This	
  generally	
  occurs	
  when	
  the	
  customer	
  has	
  indicated	
  an	
  inability	
  
to	
  pay,	
  the	
  Company	
  is	
  unable	
  to	
  communicate	
  with	
  the	
  customer	
  over	
  an	
  extended	
  period	
  of	
  time,	
  and	
  other	
  methods	
  to	
  
obtain	
  payment	
  have	
  been	
  considered	
  and	
  have	
  not	
  been	
  successful.	
  The	
  bad	
  debt	
  expense	
  is	
  charged	
  to	
  net	
  income	
  in	
  the	
  
period	
  that	
  the	
  account	
  is	
  determined	
  to	
  be	
  doubtful.	
  Estimates	
  for	
  the	
  allowance	
  for	
  doubtful	
  accounts	
  are	
  determined	
  on	
  a	
  
customer-­‐by-­‐customer	
  evaluation	
  of	
  collectability	
  at	
  each	
  reporting	
  date,	
  taking	
  into	
  account	
  the	
  amounts	
  which	
  are	
  past	
  due	
  
and	
  any	
  available	
  relevant	
  information	
  on	
  the	
  customers’	
  liquidity	
  and	
  going	
  concern	
  status.	
  After	
  all	
  efforts	
  of	
  collection	
  have	
  
failed,	
  the	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  balance	
  not	
  collected	
  is	
  written	
  off	
  with	
  an	
  offset	
  to	
  the	
  allowance	
  for	
  doubtful	
  accounts,	
  with	
  
no	
  impact	
  on	
  net	
  income.	
  	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   maximum	
   exposure	
   to	
   credit	
   risk	
   for	
   trade	
   accounts	
   receivable	
   is	
   the	
   carrying	
   value	
   of	
   $19,472,000	
   as	
   at	
  
December	
  31,	
  2011	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  -­‐	
  $22,124,000).	
  On	
  a	
  geographic	
  basis	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  approximately	
  47%	
  
(December	
  31,	
  2010	
  –	
  59%)	
  of	
  the	
  balance	
  of	
  trade	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  was	
  due	
  from	
  Canadian	
  and	
  non-­‐US	
  customers	
  and	
  
53%	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  –	
  41%)	
  was	
  due	
  from	
  US	
  customers.	
  	
  

Payment	
  terms	
  are	
  generally	
  net	
  30	
  days.	
  	
  As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011,	
  the	
  percentages	
  of	
  past	
  due	
  trade	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  
were	
  as	
  follows:	
  27%	
  past	
  due	
  1	
  to	
  30	
  days	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  –	
  23%),	
  12%	
  past	
  due	
  31	
  to	
  60	
  days	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  	
  –	
  
10%),	
  8%	
  past	
  due	
  61	
  to	
  90	
  days	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  –	
  5%)	
  and	
  2%	
  past	
  due	
  greater	
  than	
  90	
  days	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  	
  –	
  6%)	
  
prior	
  to	
  including	
  the	
  allowance	
  for	
  doubtful	
  accounts.	
  	
  Despite	
  the	
  established	
  payment	
  terms,	
  customers	
  in	
  the	
  oil	
  and	
  gas	
  
industry,	
  who	
  represent	
  a	
  significant	
  portion	
  of	
  the	
  customer	
  base	
  for	
  the	
  Company,	
  typically	
  pay	
  amounts	
  within	
  60	
  days	
  of	
  
the	
  invoice	
  date.	
  Accordingly,	
  it	
  is	
  management’s	
  view	
  that	
  amounts	
  outstanding	
  from	
  these	
  customers	
  up	
  to	
  60	
  days	
  from	
  
the	
  invoice	
  date	
  have	
  a	
  low	
  risk	
  of	
  not	
  being	
  collected.	
  

Included	
  in	
  the	
  accounts	
  receivable	
  balance	
  are	
  balances	
  not	
  considered	
  trade	
  receivables	
  of	
  $436,000	
  which	
  include	
  funds	
  
receivable	
  from	
  various	
  sales	
  tax	
  refunds,	
  insurance	
  refunds	
  and	
  rebates	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  -­‐	
  $589,000).	
  	
  	
  

52	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

The	
  Company	
  had	
  recorded	
  an	
  allowance	
  for	
  doubtful	
  accounts	
  of	
  $207,000	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  (December	
  31,	
  2010	
  -­‐	
  
$347,000).	
   The	
   allowance	
   is	
   an	
   estimate	
   of	
   the	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   trade	
   receivable	
   balances	
   that	
   are	
   considered	
  
uncollectible.	
  The	
  allowance	
  increased	
  for	
  bad	
  debt	
  expense	
  of	
  $145,000	
  (2010	
  -­‐	
  $513,000),	
  offset	
  by	
  payments	
  of	
  $95,000	
  
(2010	
   -­‐	
   $193,000),	
   write	
   offs	
   of	
   $47,000	
   (2010	
   -­‐	
   $nil)	
   and	
   a	
   translation	
   adjustment	
   of	
   $8,000	
   (2010	
   -­‐	
   $16,000)	
   for	
   the	
   year	
  
ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011.	
  

d)  Liquidity	
  risk	
  

The	
   Company’s	
   objective	
   related	
   to	
   liquidity	
   risk	
   is	
   to	
   effectively	
   manage	
   cash	
   flows	
   to	
   minimize	
   the	
   exposure	
   that	
   the	
  
Company	
   will	
   not	
   be	
   able	
   to	
   meet	
   its	
   obligations	
   associated	
   with	
   financial	
   liabilities.	
   On	
   an	
   ongoing	
   basis,	
   liquidity	
   risk	
   is	
  
managed	
   by	
   maintaining	
   adequate	
   cash	
   and	
   cash	
   equivalent	
   balances	
   and	
   appropriately	
   utilizing	
   available	
   lines	
   of	
   credit.	
  	
  
Management	
  believes	
  that	
  forecasted	
  cash	
  flows	
  from	
  operating	
  activities,	
  along	
  with	
  the	
  available	
  lines	
  of	
  credit,	
  will	
  provide	
  
sufficient	
   cash	
   requirements	
   to	
   cover	
   the	
   Company’s	
   forecasted	
   normal	
   operating	
   activities,	
   commitments	
   and	
   budgeted	
  
capital	
  expenditures.	
  

The	
   Company	
   has	
   pledged	
   as	
   general	
   collateral	
   for	
   advances	
   under	
   the	
   operating	
   credit	
   facility	
   and	
   the	
   bank	
   term	
   loan	
   a	
  
general	
   security	
   agreement	
   on	
   present	
   and	
   future	
   assets,	
   guarantees	
   from	
   each	
   present	
   and	
   future	
   direct	
   and	
   indirect	
  
subsidiary	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  supported	
  by	
  a	
  first	
  registered	
  security	
  over	
  all	
  present	
  and	
  future	
  assets,	
  and	
  pledge	
  of	
  shares.	
  
The	
  Company	
  is	
  not	
  permitted	
  to	
  sell	
  or	
  re-­‐pledge	
  significant	
  assets	
  held	
  under	
  collateral	
  without	
  consent	
  from	
  the	
  lenders.	
  

The	
  following	
  are	
  the	
  undiscounted	
  contractual	
  maturities	
  of	
  financial	
  liabilities	
  excluding	
  future	
  interest:	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Accounts	
  payable,	
  	
  
	
   accrued	
  liabilities	
  
	
   and	
  provisions	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Total	
  

Carrying	
  
Amount	
  
$	
  

2012	
  
$	
  

2013	
  
$	
  

2014	
  
$	
  

2015	
  
$	
  

2016	
  
$	
  

Thereafter	
  
$	
  

17,069	
  
6,274	
  
23,343	
  

17,069	
  
1,687	
  
18,756	
  

—	
  
2,999	
  
2,999	
  

—	
  
181	
  
181	
  

—	
  
181	
  
181	
  

—	
  
181	
  
181	
  

—	
  
1,045	
  
1,045	
  

Subsequent	
   to	
   the	
   year	
   end,	
   the	
   BDC	
   loan	
   was	
   paid	
   out	
   and	
   the	
   balance	
   of	
   the	
   term	
   loan	
   was	
   increased	
   by	
   $2,000,000	
  
Canadian	
  dollars.	
  	
  For	
  additional	
  details,	
  please	
  refer	
  to	
  note	
  27.	
  

24.  CAPITAL	
  RISK	
  MANAGEMENT	
  

Management’s	
  objectives	
  when	
  managing	
  capital	
  are	
  to	
  safeguard	
  the	
  Company’s	
  ability	
  to	
  continue	
  as	
  a	
  going	
  concern,	
  to	
  
provide	
   an	
   adequate	
   return	
   to	
   shareholders,	
   to	
   meet	
   external	
   capital	
   requirements	
   on	
   the	
   Company’s	
   debt	
   and	
   credit	
  
facilities	
   and	
   preserve	
   financial	
   flexibility	
   in	
   order	
   to	
   benefit	
   from	
   potential	
   opportunities	
   that	
   may	
   arise.	
   The	
   Company	
  
defines	
  capital	
  that	
  it	
  manages	
  as	
  the	
  aggregate	
  of	
  its	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  and	
  shareholders’	
  equity,	
  which	
  is	
  comprised	
  of	
  issued	
  
capital,	
  contributed	
  surplus,	
  accumulated	
  other	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  and	
  retained	
  earnings.	
  	
  

53	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

a)  Long	
  term	
  debt	
  and	
  adjusted	
  capital	
  employed	
  

As	
  at 

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Current	
  portion	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  preferred	
  shares	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  [note	
  11]	
  
Preferred	
  shares	
  [note	
  12]	
  
Total	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  

Share	
  capital	
  
Contributed	
  surplus	
  
Equity	
  component	
  of	
  preferred	
  shares	
  [note	
  12]	
  
Retained	
  earnings	
  
Adjusted	
  shareholders’	
  equity	
  
Adjusted	
  capital	
  employed	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

January	
  1,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

1,687	
  
57	
  
4,587	
  
5,125	
  
11,456	
  

69,862	
  
2,177	
  
845	
  
8,373	
  
81,257	
  
92,713	
  

3,398	
  
57	
  
7,733	
  
5,125	
  
16,313	
  

69,862	
  
1,669	
  
845	
  
5,083	
  
77,459	
  
93,772	
  

2,343	
  
—	
  
3,003	
  
—	
  
5,346	
  

62,395	
  
943	
  
—	
  
22,777	
  
86,115	
  
91,461	
  

Management	
  considers	
  changes	
  in	
  economic	
  conditions,	
  risks	
  that	
  impact	
  the	
  consolidated	
  operations	
  and	
  future	
  significant	
  
capital	
  investment	
  opportunities	
  in	
  managing	
  its	
  capital	
  and	
  considers	
  adjustments	
  to	
  its	
  ratio	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  to	
  adjusted	
  
capital	
  employed	
  when	
  significant	
  changes	
  in	
  these	
  factors	
  are	
  expected.	
  	
  Management	
  considers	
  the	
  ratio	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  
to	
   adjusted	
   capital	
   employed	
   of	
   12%	
   as	
   at	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   (December	
   31,	
   2010	
   –	
   17%)	
   to	
   be	
   low.	
   	
   The	
   change	
   since	
  
December	
   31,	
   2010	
   reflects	
   the	
   repayments	
   of	
   principal	
   on	
   the	
   term	
   loan	
   of	
   $4,286,000.	
   	
   Adjusted	
   capital	
   employed	
   is	
  
defined	
  by	
  the	
  Company	
  as	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  plus	
  total	
  shareholders’	
  equity	
  excluding	
  accumulated	
  other	
  comprehensive	
  loss.	
  	
  

b)  Debt	
  management	
  

Under	
  its	
  long	
  term	
  credit	
  facilities,	
  the	
  Company	
  must	
  maintain	
  a	
  number	
  of	
  financial	
  covenants	
  on	
  a	
  quarterly	
  basis.	
  	
  These	
  
covenants	
  include,	
  but	
  are	
  not	
  limited	
  to,	
  a	
  minimum	
  shareholders’	
  equity	
  value,	
  a	
  debt	
  to	
  net	
  tangible	
  worth	
  ratio,	
  a	
  fixed	
  
charge	
   ratio	
   and	
   a	
   current	
   ratio.	
   	
   These	
   ratios	
   are	
   calculated	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
   the	
   credit	
   facility	
   and	
   are	
   not	
   necessarily	
  
consistent	
  with	
  figures	
  presented	
  in	
  these	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  under	
  IFRS.	
  

The	
   following	
   summarizes	
   the	
   financial	
   ratios	
   mentioned	
   above	
   calculated	
   in	
   accordance	
   with	
   the	
   Company’s	
   credit	
  
facility:	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
Actual	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
Required	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
Actual	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
Required	
  

Minimum	
  equity	
  value	
  
Debt	
  to	
  tangible	
  net	
  worth	
  
Fixed	
  charge	
  coverage	
  ratio	
  
Current	
  ratio	
  

$74	
  million	
  
0.15	
  
3.93	
  
1.92	
  

>$50	
  million	
  
<2.0	
  
>1.5	
  
>1.25	
  

$70	
  million	
  
0.63	
  
1.18	
  
1.63	
  

>$50	
  million	
  
<2.0	
  
>1.0	
  
>1.25	
  

The	
  changes	
  since	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  in	
  the	
  bank	
  covenants	
  reflect	
  the	
  net	
  income	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  of	
  $3,454,000	
  
and	
   the	
   repayment	
   of	
   $4,286,000	
   in	
   long	
   term	
   debt	
   which	
   strengthened	
   the	
   debt	
   to	
   tangible	
   net	
   worth	
   and	
   fixed	
   charge	
  
ratios.	
  	
  On	
  an	
  ongoing	
  basis,	
  management	
  expects	
  to	
  continue	
  meeting	
  all	
  financial	
  covenants	
  under	
  its	
  current	
  credit	
  facility.	
  

54	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

25.  SEGMENTED	
  INFORMATION	
  

Operating	
  segments	
  are	
  defined	
  as	
  components	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  for	
  which	
  separate	
  financial	
  information	
  is	
  available	
  that	
  is	
  
evaluated	
   regularly	
   by	
   the	
   chief	
   operating	
   decision	
   maker	
   in	
   allocating	
   resources	
   and	
   assessing	
   performance.	
   	
   The	
   chief	
  
operating	
   decision	
   maker	
   of	
   the	
   Company	
   is	
   the	
   Chief	
   Executive	
   Officer.	
   The	
   Company	
   operates	
   substantially	
   all	
   of	
   its	
  
activities	
  in	
  two	
  reportable	
  segments,	
  Underground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  (“Underground”)	
  and	
  Aboveground	
  Fluid	
  Containment	
  
(“Aboveground”).	
   	
  The	
   Company’s	
   r eportable	
   segments	
   changed	
   with	
   the	
   acquisition	
   of	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   on	
   January	
   4,	
   2010;	
  
therefore	
  there	
  is	
  no	
  comparative	
  information	
  on	
  assets	
  for	
  the	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  opening	
  IFRS	
  balance	
  sheet.	
  

Information	
  about	
  reportable	
  segments	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  	
  

	
   Underground	
  

Aboveground	
  

Total	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

2011	
  

2010	
  

2011	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

$	
  

$	
  

$	
  

$	
  

$	
  

2010

$	
  

Revenue	
  
Manufacturing	
  and	
  	
  
	
   selling	
  costs	
  
Gross	
  profit	
  

101,590	
  

97,618	
  

25,456	
  

23,956	
  

127,046	
  

121,574	
  

84,234	
  
17,356	
  

84,418	
  
13,200	
  

23,358	
  
2,098	
  

25,498	
  
(1,542)	
  

107,592	
  
19,454	
  

109,916	
  
11,658	
  

Manufacturing	
   and	
   selling	
   costs	
   are	
   the	
   only	
   costs	
   that	
   are	
   directly	
   attributable	
   to	
   the	
   Underground	
   and	
   Aboveground	
  
operating	
   segments.	
   	
   All	
   other	
   costs	
   are	
   not	
   specifically	
   identifiable	
   to	
   an	
   individual	
   segment	
   and	
   management	
   has	
  
determined	
  that	
  there	
  is	
  no	
  rational	
  basis	
  on	
  which	
  to	
  allocate	
  general	
  and	
  administration	
  and	
  other	
  expenses.	
  	
  Only	
  a	
  gross	
  
profit	
  measure	
  is	
  reported	
  to	
  the	
  Chief	
  Executive	
  Officer	
  on	
  a	
  regular	
  basis;	
  therefore	
  gross	
  profit	
  is	
  disclosed	
  as	
  the	
  measure	
  
of	
  profit.	
  

As	
  at	
  
(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Underground	
  
Aboveground	
  
Total	
  

Inventories	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  

18,311	
  
5,960	
  
24,271	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

16,376	
  
2,383	
  
18,759	
  

Property,	
  
plant	
  and	
   	
  
equipment	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  

20,342	
  
5,791	
  
26,133	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  	
  	
  	
  

20,617	
  
6,304	
  
26,921	
  

Goodwill	
  and	
  
intangible	
  assets	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  

34,031	
  
4,211	
  
38,242	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$ 

35,371	
  
4,565	
  
39,936	
  

The	
  only	
  assets	
  that	
  can	
  be	
  identified	
  by	
  reportable	
  segments	
  are	
  inventories,	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment,	
  goodwill	
  and	
  
intangible	
  assets.	
  	
  All	
  other	
  current	
  and	
  long	
  term	
  assets,	
  as	
  well	
  as	
  current	
  and	
  long	
  term	
  liabilities	
  are	
  not	
  segregated	
  into	
  
the	
  reportable	
  segments	
  and	
  management	
  has	
  determined	
  that	
  there	
  is	
  no	
  rational	
  basis	
  on	
  which	
  to	
  allocate	
  other	
  assets	
  
and	
  liabilities,	
  they	
  are	
  not	
  reported	
  to	
  the	
  Chief	
  Executive	
  Officer	
  and	
  therefore	
  this	
  information	
  is	
  not	
  disclosed.	
  

Information	
  about	
  major	
  customers	
  

The	
  Company	
  has	
  long	
  term	
  contracts	
  and	
  alliance	
  arrangements	
  with	
  many	
  of	
  the	
  major	
  oil	
  and	
  gas	
  companies	
  in	
  Canada	
  
and	
  provides	
  products	
  for	
  distributors	
  and	
  retail	
  oil	
  and	
  gas	
  companies	
  in	
  the	
  US.	
  	
  For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2011	
  and	
  
2010,	
  no	
  single	
  customer	
  exceeded	
  10%	
  of	
  total	
  revenue.	
  

55	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
 
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Information	
  about	
  geographic	
  areas	
  

For	
  the	
  years	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Canada	
  
United	
  States	
  
International	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Canada	
  
United	
  States	
  
International	
  

Revenues	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

55,034	
  
68,382	
  
3,630	
  
127,046	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

48,153	
  
67,402	
  
6,019	
  
121,574	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  
equipment,	
  goodwill	
  and	
  
intangible	
  assets	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

26,220	
  
36,604	
  
1,551	
  
64,375	
  

27,713	
  
37,084	
  
2,060	
  
66,857	
  

Total	
  assets	
  

2011	
  
$	
  

52,218	
  
58,898	
  
2,783	
  
113,899	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

55,597	
  
58,153	
  
3,879	
  
117,629	
  

26.  IMPAIRMENT	
  TESTING	
  OF	
  GOODWILL	
  

Goodwill	
  acquired	
  through	
  business	
  combinations	
  has	
  been	
  allocated	
  to	
  three	
  cash-­‐generating	
  units	
  (“CGUs”)	
  as	
  follows:	
  

•  Underground	
  Canada	
  
•  Underground	
  US	
  
• 
Aboveground	
  

Carrying	
  amount	
  of	
  goodwill	
  and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  allocated	
  to	
  each	
  CGU	
  

As	
  at	
  
(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
Goodwill	
  

Underground	
  Canada	
  
Dec	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  
1,442	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  
1,377	
  

Underground	
  US	
  

	
  Aboveground	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  
26,586	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  	
  	
  
25,733	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2011	
  
$	
  
2,641	
  

Dec	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$ 
2,454	
  

The	
  Company	
  performed	
  its	
  annual	
  goodwill	
  impairment	
  test	
  as	
  at	
  October	
  1,	
  2011.	
  The	
  Company	
  considers	
  the	
  relationship	
  
between	
  its	
  fair	
  values	
  less	
  cost	
  to	
  sell	
  (“FVLCS”)	
  of	
  its	
  CGUs,	
  to	
  their	
  carrying	
  amounts,	
  among	
  other	
  factors,	
  when	
  reviewing	
  
for	
   indicators	
   of	
   impairment.	
   	
   As	
   at	
   October	
   1,	
   2011,	
   the	
   FVLCS	
   of	
   the	
   CGUs	
   were	
   above	
   the	
   carrying	
   amounts,	
   indicating	
  
there	
  was	
  not	
  an	
  impairment	
  of	
  goodwill	
  in	
  any	
  of	
  the	
  CGUs	
  identified	
  above.	
  

The	
   balances	
   relating	
   to	
   goodwill	
   disclosed	
   above	
   are	
   as	
   at	
   October	
   1,	
   2011,	
   the	
   date	
   of	
   the	
   impairment	
   test.	
   	
   Goodwill	
  
carried	
  in	
  the	
  Underground	
  US	
  CGU	
  is	
  denominated	
  in	
  US	
  dollars	
  and	
  the	
  carrying	
  amount	
  is	
  subject	
  to	
  fluctuations	
  in	
  the	
  US	
  
dollar	
   to	
   Canadian	
   dollar	
   exchange	
   rate,	
   which	
   is	
   why	
   the	
   figures	
   above	
   may	
   differ	
   from	
   the	
   December	
   31,	
   2011	
   carrying	
  
amount.	
   	
  There	
   has	
   been	
   no	
   impairment	
   of	
   goodwill	
   recognised	
   in	
   the	
   2011	
   year.	
   	
   For	
   details	
   on	
   the	
   g oodwill	
   impairment	
  
recognized	
  in	
  2010,	
  refer	
  to	
  notes	
  4	
  and	
  28.	
  

56	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Key	
  assumptions	
  used	
  in	
  the	
  FVLCS	
  calculations	
  
The	
  calculation	
  of	
  the	
  FVLCS	
  for	
  the	
  three	
  CGUs	
  is	
  most	
  sensitive	
  to	
  the	
  following	
  assumptions:	
  

•  Discount	
  rates	
  
•  Growth	
  rate	
  used	
  to	
  extrapolate	
  cash	
  flows	
  beyond	
  the	
  budget	
  period	
  
•  Gross	
  profit	
  

Discount	
  rates:	
  	
  
Discount	
  rates	
  represent	
  the	
  current	
  market	
  assessment	
  of	
  the	
  risks	
  specific	
  to	
  each	
  CGU,	
  regarding	
  the	
  time	
  value	
  of	
  money	
  
and	
  individual	
  risks	
  of	
  the	
  underlying	
  assets	
  which	
  have	
  not	
  been	
  incorporated	
  in	
  the	
  cash	
  flow	
  estimates.	
  The	
  discount	
  rate	
  
calculation	
  is	
  based	
  on	
  the	
  market	
  risks	
  and	
  specific	
  circumstances	
  of	
  the	
  Company	
  and	
  its	
  operating	
  segments	
  and	
  derived	
  
from	
  its	
  weighted	
  average	
  cost	
  of	
  capital	
  (WACC).	
  The	
  WACC	
  takes	
  into	
  account	
  both	
  debt	
  and	
  equity.	
  The	
  cost	
  of	
  equity	
  is	
  
derived	
   from	
   the	
   expected	
   return	
   of	
   investment	
   by	
   investors.	
   The	
   cost	
   of	
   debt	
   is	
   based	
   on	
   market	
   conditions	
   and	
   the	
  
Company’s	
   interest	
   bearing	
   borrowings.	
   Segment-­‐specific	
   risk	
   is	
   incorporated	
   by	
   applying	
   individual	
   beta	
   factors.	
   The	
   beta	
  
factors	
   are	
   evaluated	
   annually	
   based	
   on	
   publicly	
   available	
   market	
   data	
   and	
   specific	
   risk	
   premiums	
   are	
   calculated	
   after	
  
consideration	
  for	
  the	
  volatility	
  in	
  the	
  revenue	
  streams	
  and	
  the	
  risk	
  factors	
  affecting	
  the	
  predictability	
  of	
  the	
  particular	
  CGU.	
  	
  
Discount	
   rate	
   ranges	
   utilized	
   by	
   CGUs	
   are	
   as	
   follows:	
   	
   Underground	
   Canada	
   (15.1%	
   to	
   15.9%),	
   Underground	
   U.S.	
   (15.4%	
   to	
  
16.2%)	
  and	
  Aboveground	
  (24.6%	
  to	
  25.4%).	
  

Growth	
  rate	
  estimates:	
  
Growth	
  rates	
  for	
  2012	
  are	
  established	
  using	
  the	
  board	
  approved	
  budgeted	
  growth	
  rate	
  by	
  CGU.	
  	
  Longer	
  term	
  growth	
  rates	
  are	
  
established	
  using	
  the	
  five-­‐year	
  Strategic	
  Plan	
  for	
  each	
  CGU.	
  	
  Both	
  the	
  2012	
  operating	
  budget	
  and	
  the	
  five-­‐year	
  Strategic	
  Plan	
  
were	
   calculated	
   using	
   our	
   current	
   prospects	
   and	
   our	
   planned	
   strategic	
   changes	
   expected	
   to	
   be	
   implemented.	
   	
  The	
   growth	
  
rate	
   used	
   to	
   extrapolate	
   cash	
   flows	
   beyond	
   the	
   budget	
   period	
   used	
   (five	
   years)	
   is	
   based	
   on	
   Government	
   of	
   Canada	
   target	
  
inflation	
  rates	
  and	
  U.S.	
  Federal	
  Reserve	
  long-­‐term	
  inflation	
  expectations	
  (2%	
  for	
  all	
  CGUs).	
  

Gross	
  profit:	
  
Gross	
  profit	
  is	
  based	
  on	
  historical	
  values	
  and	
  is	
  adjusted	
  upwards	
  or	
  downwards	
  depending	
  on	
  expected	
  changes	
  in	
  revenues.	
  	
  
As	
  fixed	
  costs	
  remain	
  relatively	
  constant	
  over	
  the	
  short	
  term	
  while	
  revenues	
  increase,	
  gross	
  profits	
  improve	
  over	
  this	
  same	
  
period.	
  	
  

Sensitivity	
  to	
  changes	
  in	
  assumptions	
  

Discount	
  rates:	
  
Most	
  rates	
  used	
  within	
  the	
  WACC	
  calculation	
  do	
  not	
  change	
  significantly	
  year	
  to	
  year;	
  however,	
  if	
  the	
  specific	
  risk	
  premium	
  
were	
  adjusted	
  in	
  either	
  direction,	
  it	
  would	
  have	
  an	
  effect	
  on	
  the	
  FVLCS	
  of	
  the	
  CGU.	
  This,	
  in	
  turn,	
  would	
  change	
  the	
  excess	
  or	
  
deficiency	
  values	
  over	
  the	
  carrying	
  amounts	
  of	
  the	
  CGU.	
  	
  For	
  the	
  Underground	
  Canada	
  CGU,	
  the	
  specific	
  risk	
  premium	
  would	
  
need	
  to	
  increase	
  19%	
  in	
  the	
  worst	
  case	
  scenario	
   before	
  a	
  deficiency	
  would	
  be	
  created.	
  	
  For	
  the	
  Underground	
  US	
  CGU,	
  the	
  
specific	
  risk	
  premium	
  would	
  need	
  to	
  increase	
  14%	
  and	
  with	
  the	
  Aboveground	
  CGU,	
  the	
  specific	
  risk	
  premium	
  would	
  need	
  to	
  
increase	
  73%	
  over	
  the	
  current	
  worst	
  case	
  scenario	
  before	
  a	
  deficiency	
  over	
  the	
  carrying	
  value	
  would	
  be	
  created.	
  

Growth	
  rate	
  and	
  gross	
  profit	
  assumptions:	
  
Sales	
  growth	
  rates	
  used	
  were	
  very	
  modest;	
  however,	
  any	
  reduction	
  in	
  the	
  sales	
  growth	
  rate	
  would	
  have	
  a	
  negative	
  impact	
  on	
  
the	
   FVLCS	
   of	
   the	
   overall	
   CGUs.	
   	
   Similarly,	
   gross	
   profits	
   as	
   a	
   percentage	
   of	
   revenues	
   used	
   were	
   in	
   line	
   with	
   historical	
   rates	
  
realized	
  by	
  the	
  CGUs.	
  	
  For	
  the	
  Underground	
  Canada	
  CGU,	
  gross	
  profit	
  would	
  have	
  to	
  fall	
  to	
  91%	
  of	
  our	
  current	
  expectations;	
  
the	
  Underground	
  U.S.	
  CGU	
  would	
  have	
  to	
  fall	
  to	
  93%;	
  and	
  the	
  gross	
  profit	
  for	
  the	
  Aboveground	
  CGU	
  would	
  have	
  to	
  fall	
  to	
  63%	
  
of	
  its	
  current	
  expectations	
  before	
  a	
  deficiency	
  would	
  result	
  in	
  the	
  respective	
  carrying	
  amounts.	
  	
  	
  

As	
   at	
   October	
   1,	
   2011,	
   the	
   recoverable	
   amount	
   of	
   the	
   Company's	
   CGUs	
   exceeded	
   their	
   carrying	
   amounts	
   by	
   a	
   substantial	
  
amount.	
   With	
   regard	
   to	
   the	
   assessment	
   of	
   fair	
   value	
   less	
   costs	
   to	
   sell,	
   management	
   believes	
   that	
   no	
   reasonably	
   possible	
  
change	
   in	
   any	
   of	
   the	
   above	
   key	
   assumptions	
   would	
   have	
   caused	
   the	
   carrying	
   amount	
   of	
   the	
   CGUs	
   to	
   materially	
   exceed	
   its	
  
recoverable	
  amount.	
  

57	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

27.  SUBSEQUENT	
  EVENTS	
  

Subsequent	
  to	
  the	
  balance	
  sheet	
  date,	
  the	
  Company	
  paid	
  out	
  the	
  long	
  term	
  credit	
  facility	
  with	
  the	
  BDC.	
  	
  This	
  loan	
  carried	
  an	
  
interest	
  rate	
  of	
  25	
  basis	
  points	
  above	
  the	
  BDC	
  base	
  rate.	
  	
  To	
  fund	
  the	
  payout,	
  the	
  Company	
  increased	
  the	
  balance	
  of	
  the	
  term	
  
loan	
  by	
  $2,000,000	
  which	
  carries	
  an	
  interest	
  rate	
  of	
  250	
  basis	
  points	
  above	
  the	
  US	
  dollar	
  LIBOR	
  rate	
  and	
  matures	
  in	
  May	
  of	
  
2013.	
  	
  	
  

28.  FIRST	
  TIME	
  ADOPTION	
  OF	
  INTERNATIONAL	
  FINANCIAL	
  REPORTING	
  STANDARDS	
  

As	
  discussed	
  in	
  note	
  2,	
  these	
  are	
  the	
  Company’s	
  first	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements	
  prepared	
  in	
  accordance	
  with	
  IFRS.	
  

The	
   accounting	
   policies	
   in	
   note	
   3	
   have	
   been	
   applied	
   in	
   preparing	
   the	
   consolidated	
   financial	
   statements	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
  
December	
   31,	
   2011	
   and	
   the	
   comparative	
   information	
   for	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2010.	
   	
   They	
   were	
   also	
   used	
   in	
   the	
  
preparation	
  of	
  the	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheet	
  presented	
  for	
  the	
  opening	
  consolidated	
  IFRS	
  balance	
  sheet	
  date	
  on	
  January	
  1,	
  
2010	
  (“the	
  transition	
  date”).	
  

In	
  preparing	
  the	
  consolidated	
  financial	
  statements,	
  the	
  comparative	
  information	
  for	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  has	
  
been	
   adjusted	
   from	
   the	
   amounts	
   previously	
   reported	
   under	
   previous	
   GAAP.	
   	
   An	
   explanation	
   of	
   how	
   the	
   transition	
   from	
  
previous	
   GAAP	
   to	
   IFRS	
   has	
   affected	
   the	
   Company’s	
   consolidated	
   balance	
   sheets	
   and	
   statements	
   of	
   comprehensive	
   loss	
   is	
  
presented	
  below:	
  

Key	
  first	
  time	
  adoption	
  exemptions	
  applied:	
  

IFRS	
   1:	
   “First	
   time	
   Adoption	
   of	
   International	
   Financial	
   Reporting	
   Standards”	
   allows	
   first	
   time	
   adopters	
   certain	
   exemptions	
  
from	
  retrospective	
  application	
  of	
  certain	
  IFRS.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  has	
  applied	
  the	
  following	
  exemptions:	
  

a) 

IFRS	
  3:	
  “Business	
  Combinations”	
  has	
  not	
  been	
  applied	
  retrospectively	
  to	
  acquisitions	
  of	
  subsidiaries	
  that	
  occurred	
  prior	
  
to	
  the	
  transition	
  date	
  to	
  IFRS.	
  

b)  Certain	
  parcels	
  of	
  land	
  grouped	
  in	
  with	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  have	
  been	
  adjusted	
  to	
  their	
  fair	
  value	
  based	
  on	
  
land	
  valuations	
  performed	
  by	
  external	
  land	
  valuators.	
  	
  The	
  Company	
  has	
  elected	
  to	
  regard	
  those	
  fair	
  values	
  as	
  deemed	
  
cost	
  at	
  the	
  date	
  of	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS.	
  

c)  The	
   Company	
   has	
   elected	
   not	
   to	
   reassess	
   arrangements	
   under	
   IFRS	
   Interpretations	
   Committee	
   Update	
   (“IFRIC”)	
   4:	
  
“Determining	
  Whether	
  an	
  Arrangement	
  Contains	
  a	
  Lease”	
  that	
  were	
  assessed	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP	
  in	
  the	
  same	
  manner	
  
as	
  required	
  by	
  IFRIC	
  4	
  and	
  to	
  apply	
  the	
  transitional	
  provisions	
  in	
  IFRIC	
  4	
  to	
  those	
  that	
  were	
  not.	
  	
  	
  
IFRS	
   2:	
   “Share-­‐based	
   Payments”	
   has	
   not	
   been	
   applied	
   retrospectively	
   for	
   stock	
   options	
   that	
   had	
   vested	
   prior	
   to	
   the	
  
transition	
  date.	
  

d) 

58	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Reconciliation	
  of	
  Equity	
  	
  
As	
  at	
  January	
  1,	
  2010	
  (date	
  of	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS)	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
ASSETS	
  
Current	
  
Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  
Accounts	
  receivable	
  
Inventories	
  
Income	
  taxes	
  recoverable	
  
Prepaid	
  expenses	
  [note	
  28a]	
  	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  [note	
  28c]	
  
Intangible	
  assets	
  
Goodwill	
  	
  
Restricted	
  cash	
  
Other	
  assets	
  [note	
  28f]	
  
TOTAL	
  ASSETS	
  

LIABILITIES	
  AND	
  SHAREHOLDERS'	
  EQUITY	
  
Current	
  
Bank	
  indebtedness	
  
Accounts	
  payable	
  and	
  accrued	
  liabilities	
  	
  	
  
Income	
  taxes	
  payable	
  
Deferred	
  revenue	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  provisions	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  

Deferred	
  tax	
  liabilities	
  [note	
  28b]	
  
Long	
  term	
  portion	
  of	
  provisions	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  
TOTAL	
  LIABILITIES	
  

Shareholders'	
  equity	
  
Share	
  capital	
  
Contributed	
  surplus	
  [note	
  28g]	
  
Accumulated	
  other	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  
Retained	
  earnings	
  
TOTAL	
  SHAREHOLDERS’	
  EQUITY	
  
TOTAL	
  LIABILITIES	
  AND	
  SHAREHOLDERS’	
  EQUITY	
  

Previous	
  GAAP	
  
$	
  

Re-­‐measurements	
  
$	
  

IFRS	
  
$	
  

2,868	
  
14,228	
  
19,943	
  
1,650	
  
1,072	
  
39,761	
  
23,269	
  
9,481	
  
28,997	
  
262	
  
893	
  
102,663	
  

1,477	
  
11,040	
  
8	
  
1,805	
  
—	
  
2,343	
  
16,673	
  
4,343	
  
—	
  
3,003	
  
24,019	
  

62,395	
  
873	
  
(5,387)	
  
20,763	
  
78,644	
  
102,663	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(109)	
  
(109)	
  
2,664	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(435)	
  
2,120	
  

—	
  
(660)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
286	
  
—	
  
(374)	
  
88	
  
374	
  
—	
  
88	
  

—	
  
70	
  
(52)	
  
2,014	
  
2,032	
  
2,120	
  

2,868	
  
14,228	
  
19,943	
  
1,650	
  
963	
  
39,652	
  
25,933	
  
9,481	
  
28,997	
  
262	
  
458	
  
104,783	
  

1,477	
  
10,380	
  
8	
  
1,805	
  
286	
  
2,343	
  
16,299	
  
4,431	
  
374	
  
3,003	
  
24,107	
  

62,395	
  
943	
  
(5,439)	
  
22,777	
  
80,676	
  
104,783	
  

59	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Reconciliation	
  of	
  Equity	
  	
  
As	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  
ASSETS	
  
Current	
  
Cash	
  and	
  cash	
  equivalents	
  
Accounts	
  receivable	
  
Inventories	
  
Income	
  taxes	
  recoverable	
  
Prepaid	
  expenses	
  [note	
  28a]	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  [note	
  28c]	
  
Assets	
  held	
  for	
  sale	
  
Intangible	
  assets	
  [note	
  28d]	
  
Goodwill	
  
Restricted	
  cash	
  
Other	
  assets	
  
TOTAL	
  ASSETS	
  

LIABILITIES	
  AND	
  SHAREHOLDERS'	
  EQUITY	
  
Current	
  
Bank	
  indebtedness	
  
Accounts	
  payable	
  and	
  accrued	
  liabilities	
  	
  	
  
Income	
  taxes	
  payable	
  
Deferred	
  revenue	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  provisions	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Current	
  portion	
  of	
  preferred	
  shares	
  

Deferred	
  tax	
  liabilities	
  [note	
  28b]	
  
Long	
  term	
  portion	
  of	
  provisions	
  
Long	
  term	
  debt	
  
Preferred	
  shares	
  
TOTAL	
  LIABILITIES	
  

Shareholders'	
  equity	
  
Share	
  capital	
  
Contributed	
  surplus	
  [note	
  28g]	
  
Equity	
  component	
  of	
  preferred	
  shares	
  
Accumulated	
  other	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  
Retained	
  earnings	
  
TOTAL	
  SHAREHOLDERS’	
  EQUITY	
  
TOTAL	
  LIABILITIES	
  AND	
  SHAREHOLDERS’	
  EQUITY	
  

Previous	
  GAAP	
  
$	
  

Re-­‐measurements	
  
$	
  

IFRS	
  
$	
  

2,105	
  
22,722	
  
18,759	
  
3,311	
  
1,060	
   	
  
47,957	
  
24,441	
  
946	
  
14,051	
  
29,820	
  
250	
  
1,755	
  
119,220	
  

8,565	
  
16,342	
  
27	
  
1,935	
  
—	
  
3,398	
  
57	
  
30,324	
  
5,921	
  
—	
  
7,733	
  
5,125	
  
49,103	
  

69,862	
  
1,386	
  
845	
  
(7,564)	
  
5,588	
  
70,117	
  
119,220	
  

—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
	
  (136)	
  
(136)	
  
2,480	
  
—	
  
(3,935)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(1,591)	
  

—	
  
(753)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
434	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(319)	
  
(1,073)	
  
319	
  
—	
  
—	
  
(1,073)	
  

—	
  
283	
  
—	
  
(296)	
  
(505)	
  
(518)	
  
(1,591)	
  

2,105	
  
22,722	
  
18,759	
  
3,311	
  
924	
  
47,821	
  
26,921	
  
946	
  
10,116	
  
29,820	
  
250	
  
1,755	
  
117,629	
  

8,565	
  
15,589	
  
27	
  
1,935	
  
434	
  
3,398	
  
57	
  
30,005	
  
4,848	
  
319	
  
7,733	
  
5,125	
  
48,030	
  

69,862	
  
1,669	
  
845	
  
(7,860)	
  
5,083	
  
69,599	
  
117,629	
  

60	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

Reconciliation	
  of	
  Total	
  Comprehensive	
  Loss	
  	
  
For	
  the	
  year	
  ended	
  December	
  31,	
  2010	
  	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Revenue	
  
Manufacturing	
  and	
  selling	
  costs	
  [note	
  28g]	
  
Gross	
  profit	
  

General	
  and	
  administration	
  [notes	
  27f	
  and	
  g]	
  
Foreign	
  exchange	
  loss	
  [note	
  28c]	
  	
  
Depreciation	
  [notes	
  28c	
  and	
  d]	
  
Interest	
  expense	
  
Loss	
  on	
  disposal	
  of	
  assets	
  
Impairment	
  of	
  assets	
  [notes	
  28d	
  &	
  e]	
  

Loss	
  before	
  income	
  taxes	
  

Income	
  tax	
  recovery	
  
	
   Current	
  
	
   Deferred	
  

Net	
  loss	
  from	
  continuing	
  operations	
  

Net	
  loss	
  from	
  discontinued	
  operations	
  
Net	
  loss	
  

Other	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  
Exchange	
  differences	
  on	
  translation	
  of	
  foreign	
  operations	
  
Total	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  

Previous	
  GAAP	
  
$	
  

Re-­‐measurements	
  
$	
  

IFRS	
  
$	
  

121,574	
  
109,823	
  
11,751	
  

10,974	
  
597	
  
5,007	
  
1,363	
  
10	
  
10,805	
  
28,756	
  
(17,005)	
  

(1,692)	
  
(1,132)	
  
(2,824)	
  

(14,181)	
  

(149)	
  
(14,330)	
  

(2,177)	
  
(16,507)	
  

—	
  
93	
  
(93)	
  

420	
  
(101)	
  
(215)	
  
—	
  
—	
  
3,488	
  
3,592	
  
(3,685)	
  

32	
  
(1,198)	
  
(1,166)	
  

(2,519)	
  

—	
  
(2,519)	
  

(244)	
  
(2,763)	
  

121,574	
  
109,916	
  
11,658	
  

11,394	
  
496	
  
4,792	
  
1,363	
  
10	
  
14,293	
  
32,348	
  
(20,690)	
  

(1,660)	
  
(2,330)	
  
(3,990)	
  

(16,700)	
  

(149)	
  
(16,849)	
  

(2,421)	
  
(19,270)	
  

There	
   were	
   no	
   material	
   changes	
   to	
   the	
   year	
   ended	
   December	
   31,	
   2010	
   statement	
   of	
   cash	
   flows	
   attributable	
   to	
   the	
   IFRS	
  
conversion.	
  

61	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

a)	
  

Prepaid	
  expenses	
  

Under	
  previous	
  GAAP,	
  the	
  Company	
  did	
  not	
  recognize	
  any	
  temporary	
  differences	
  arising	
  from	
  a	
  transfer	
  of	
  assets	
  within	
  the	
  
consolidated	
  group	
  until	
  there	
  was	
  a	
  transfer	
  outside	
  of	
  the	
  consolidated	
  group.	
  The	
  taxes	
  paid/payable	
  relating	
  to	
  unrealized	
  
profits	
  on	
  inter-­‐group	
  parabeam	
  sales	
  were	
  recognized	
  as	
  prepaid	
  taxes	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP.	
  By	
  contrast,	
  IFRS	
  requires	
  that	
  
deferred	
  taxes	
  are	
  recognized	
  on	
  unrealized	
  profits	
  for	
  the	
  intergroup	
  transactions.	
  Accordingly,	
  related	
  prepaid	
  expenses	
  are	
  
derecognised	
  and	
  deferred	
  tax	
  assets	
  are	
  recognized	
  at	
  tax	
  rates	
  in	
  applicable	
  purchasers’	
  jurisdictions.	
  	
  

b)	
   Deferred	
  tax	
  assets	
  and	
  deferred	
  tax	
  liabilities	
  

A	
  summary	
  of	
  the	
  items	
  affecting	
  the	
  deferred	
  tax	
  asset	
  and	
  liability	
  balances	
  is	
  presented	
  below:	
  

As	
  at	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Temporary	
  differences	
  arising	
  on	
  increased	
  carrying	
  amount	
  
	
   of	
  land	
  (see	
  note	
  28c	
  for	
  further	
  explanation)	
  	
  
Reduction	
  of	
  temporary	
  difference	
  on	
  expensing	
  acquisition	
  costs	
  
Deferred	
  taxes	
  recognized	
  on	
  profit	
  from	
  intra-­‐group	
  	
  
	
   transfers	
  of	
  asset.	
  
Change	
  in	
  carrying	
  value	
  of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  	
  
	
   and	
  intangible	
  assets	
  of	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  on	
  IFRS	
  transition	
  
Other	
  foreign	
  exchange	
  translation	
  differences	
  
Net	
  deferred	
  tax	
  differences	
  on	
  IFRS	
  transition	
  

c)	
  

Property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

January	
  1,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

(347)	
  
190	
  

195	
  

1,020	
  
15	
  
1,073	
  

(347)	
  
113	
  

146	
  

—	
  
—	
  
(88)	
  

Upon	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS,	
  the	
  Company	
  elected	
  to	
  use	
  the	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  certain	
  parcels	
  of	
  land	
  as	
  deemed	
  cost	
  as	
  allowed	
  under	
  
the	
  IFRS	
  1:	
  “First	
  Time	
  Adoption	
  of	
  International	
  Financial	
  Reporting	
  Standards”.	
  	
  This	
  resulted	
  in	
  increasing	
  the	
  carrying	
  value	
  
of	
  property,	
  plant	
  and	
  equipment	
  by	
  $2,664,000,	
  with	
  the	
  corresponding	
  adjustment	
  recorded	
  in	
  opening	
  retained	
  earnings	
  
as	
  at	
  the	
  transition	
  date.	
  

Under	
   IAS	
   21:	
   “The	
   Effects	
   of	
   Changes	
   in	
   Foreign	
   Exchange	
   Rates”,	
   the	
   Company	
   is	
   translating	
   the	
   consolidated	
   assets	
   and	
  
liabilities	
  of	
  its	
  Parabeam	
  and	
  Radigan	
  subsidiaries	
  using	
  the	
  current	
  rate	
  method	
  whereas	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP	
  the	
  temporal	
  
method	
  was	
  used.	
  	
  The	
  corresponding	
  adjustments	
  have	
  been	
  recognized	
  in	
  the	
  accumulated	
  other	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  and	
  
the	
  opening	
  retained	
  earnings	
  balance	
  at	
  the	
  transition	
  date.	
  

d)	
  

Intangible	
  assets	
  

On	
   September	
   30,	
   2010,	
   the	
   Company	
   conducted	
   an	
   impairment	
   test	
   on	
   the	
   intangible	
   assets	
   relating	
   to	
   the	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
  
operations.	
  	
  Using	
  the	
  guidance	
  available	
  under	
  previous	
  GAAP,	
  the	
  customer	
  relationships,	
  trade	
  names	
  and	
  non-­‐patented	
  
technology	
   intangible	
   assets	
   were	
   not	
   considered	
   impaired	
   as	
   their	
   expected	
   undiscounted	
   cash-­‐flows	
   (recoverability	
   test)	
  
exceeded	
  their	
  carrying	
  value	
  as	
  at	
  September	
  30,	
  2010.	
  	
  	
  

The	
  impairment	
  test	
  under	
  IFRS	
  requires	
  the	
  use	
  of	
  a	
  discounted	
  cash	
  flow	
  forecast	
  in	
  order	
  to	
  estimate	
  the	
  fair	
  value	
  of	
  the	
  
intangible	
  assets.	
  	
  This	
  fair	
  value	
  is	
  then	
  compared	
  to	
  the	
  carrying	
  amount	
  as	
  at	
  September	
  30,	
  2010.	
  	
  The	
  IFRS	
  impairment	
  
test	
  resulted	
  in	
  an	
  additional	
  impairment	
  loss	
  of	
  $4,067,000.	
  	
  Subsequent	
  to	
  September	
  30,	
  2010,	
  the	
  lower	
  carrying	
  amount	
  
resulted	
  in	
  reduced	
  depreciation	
  expense	
  on	
  the	
  impaired	
  intangible	
  assets	
  of	
  $132,000.	
  

62	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
	
  
Notes	
  to	
  the	
  Consolidated	
  Financial	
  Statements	
  

e)	
   Goodwill	
  

On	
   September	
   30,	
   2010,	
   the	
   Company	
   conducted	
   an	
   impairment	
   test	
   on	
   the	
   goodwill	
   relating	
   to	
   the	
   ZCL	
   Dualam	
   cash	
  
generating	
  unit.	
  	
  This	
  resulted	
  in	
  recording	
  an	
  impairment	
  loss	
  of	
  $12,692,000.	
   	
   The	
   impairment	
   loss	
   under	
  previous	
  GAAP	
  
was	
   $10,271,000	
   for	
   a	
   difference	
   of	
   $2,421,000;	
   however	
   the	
   carrying	
   value	
   of	
   goodwill	
   is	
   the	
   same	
   under	
   both	
   IFRS	
   and	
  
previous	
  GAAP	
  as	
  at	
  December	
  31,	
  2010.	
  	
  For	
  additional	
  details	
  on	
  the	
  goodwill	
  impairment,	
  refer	
  to	
  note	
  4.	
  	
  

f)	
  

Other	
  assets	
  

Previous	
   GAAP	
   requires	
   capitalization	
   of	
   acquisition	
   costs	
   related	
   to	
   business	
   combinations	
   while	
   IFRS	
   does	
   not	
   allow	
   the	
  
capitalization	
  of	
  such	
  costs.	
  The	
  costs	
  of	
  $434,000	
  related	
  to	
  the	
  ZCL	
  Dualam	
  purchase	
  are	
  derecognised	
  as	
  at	
  the	
  transition	
  
date	
  under	
  IFRS.	
  	
  In	
  addition	
  to	
  the	
  derecognition,	
  general	
  and	
  administrative	
  expenses	
  were	
  increased	
  by	
  $301,000	
  due	
  to	
  
expensing	
  professional	
  fees	
  incurred	
  relating	
  to	
  the	
  acquisition	
  during	
  the	
  2010	
  fiscal	
  year.	
  

g)	
  

Share-­‐based	
  payments	
  

Upon	
  transition	
  to	
  IFRS,	
  the	
  Company	
  used	
  the	
  graded	
  vesting	
  model	
  for	
  expensing	
  unvested	
  equity-­‐settled	
  stock	
  options	
  as	
  
at	
   the	
   January	
   1,	
   2010	
   transition	
   date.	
   	
   This	
   resulted	
   in	
   the	
   following	
   impacts	
   to	
   the	
   total	
   comprehensive	
   loss	
   and	
  
consolidated	
  balance	
  sheets.	
  

Impact	
  on	
  the	
  consolidated	
  balance	
  sheets:	
  

As	
  at	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Contributed	
  surplus	
  
Retained	
  earnings	
  
Net	
  impact	
  on	
  closing	
  equity	
  

Impact	
  on	
  total	
  comprehensive	
  loss:	
  

For	
  the	
  year	
  ending	
  

(in	
  thousands	
  of	
  dollars)	
  

Increase	
  in	
  manufacturing	
  and	
  selling	
  costs	
  
Increase	
  in	
  general	
  and	
  administration	
  expense	
  
Net	
  impact	
  on	
  total	
  comprehensive	
  loss	
  

December	
  31,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

January	
  1,	
  
2010	
  
$	
  

283	
  
(70)	
  
213	
  

70	
  
(70)	
  
—	
  

December	
  31,	
  

2010	
  
$	
  

94	
  
119	
  
213	
  

63